WO2020100354A1 - Extraction method and extraction device - Google Patents

Extraction method and extraction device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020100354A1
WO2020100354A1 PCT/JP2019/030547 JP2019030547W WO2020100354A1 WO 2020100354 A1 WO2020100354 A1 WO 2020100354A1 JP 2019030547 W JP2019030547 W JP 2019030547W WO 2020100354 A1 WO2020100354 A1 WO 2020100354A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
extraction
extraction container
container
beverage
hot water
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2019/030547
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
海俊 木原
Original Assignee
株式会社Ｔｒｅｅ Ｆｉｅｌｄ
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 株式会社Ｔｒｅｅ Ｆｉｅｌｄ filed Critical 株式会社Ｔｒｅｅ Ｆｉｅｌｄ
Publication of WO2020100354A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020100354A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47—FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47J—KITCHEN EQUIPMENT; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; APPARATUS FOR MAKING BEVERAGES
    • A47J31/00—Apparatus for making beverages
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47—FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47J—KITCHEN EQUIPMENT; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; APPARATUS FOR MAKING BEVERAGES
    • A47J31/00—Apparatus for making beverages
    • A47J31/24—Coffee-making apparatus in which hot water is passed through the filter under pressure, i.e. in which the coffee grounds are extracted under pressure
    • A47J31/34—Coffee-making apparatus in which hot water is passed through the filter under pressure, i.e. in which the coffee grounds are extracted under pressure with hot water under liquid pressure
    • A47J31/36—Coffee-making apparatus in which hot water is passed through the filter under pressure, i.e. in which the coffee grounds are extracted under pressure with hot water under liquid pressure with mechanical pressure-producing means

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a beverage manufacturing technique, mainly a beverage liquid extraction method.
  • Patent Documents 1 to 3 A beverage production device for producing coffee beverages has been proposed (for example, Patent Documents 1 to 3).
  • the present invention has an exemplary object to improve the quality of beverages.
  • One aspect of the present invention relates to an extraction method, wherein the extraction method is an extraction method for extracting a beverage liquid from an extraction target, and a first addition for pressurizing the inside of an extraction container in which the extraction target and a liquid are stored. It is characterized by including a pressure step, a decompression step of decompressing the inside of the extraction container, and a second pressurization step of pressurizing the inside of the extraction container.
  • the quality of beverages can be improved.
  • the external view of a beverage manufacturing apparatus The partial front view of the beverage manufacturing apparatus of FIG.
  • the schematic diagram of the function of the drink manufacturing apparatus of FIG. The partially broken perspective view of a separation apparatus.
  • the perspective view of a drive unit and an extraction container The figure which shows the closed state and open state of the extraction container of FIG.
  • the front view which shows a part structure of an upper unit and a lower unit.
  • FIG. 8 is a vertical sectional view of FIG. 7.
  • the block diagram of the control apparatus of the beverage manufacturing apparatus of FIG. (A) And (B) is a flow chart which shows the example of control which a control device performs.
  • the schematic diagram which shows the structural example of the liquid delivery amount adjusting device which can function as a water tank.
  • the schematic diagram which shows the example of the cross-section of a liquid delivery amount adjusting device.
  • the figure which shows some operation examples of a liquid delivery amount adjustment device.
  • the flowchart which shows the example of control which a control apparatus performs.
  • the figure which shows the operation aspect of the liquid delivery amount adjustment apparatus in the manufacturing process of a drink.
  • the figure which shows the other example of the method of changing the predetermined target value in the manufacturing process of a drink The figure which shows the other example of the method of changing the predetermined target value in the manufacturing process of a drink.
  • FIG. 21 is a diagram showing an example of flat data corresponding to FIG. 20.
  • FIG. 22 is a diagram showing an example of flat data corresponding to FIG. 21.
  • the figure which shows the other example of flat data The figure which shows the other example of flat data.
  • the figure which shows the other example of flat data The figure which shows the other example of flat data.
  • the figure which shows the other example of flat data The figure which shows the other example of flat data.
  • FIG. 1 is an external view of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1.
  • the beverage production apparatus 1 of the present embodiment is an apparatus for automatically producing a coffee beverage from roasted coffee beans and a liquid (here, water), and can produce one cup of coffee beverage per one production operation. .
  • the roasted coffee beans that are the raw material can be stored in the canister 40.
  • a cup placing portion 110 is provided in the lower portion of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1, and the manufactured coffee beverage is poured into the cup from the pouring portion 10c.
  • the beverage manufacturing device 1 includes a housing 100 that forms an exterior thereof and surrounds an internal mechanism.
  • the housing 100 is roughly divided into a main body 101 and a cover 102 that covers a part of the front surface and a part of the side surface of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1.
  • An information display device 12 is provided on the cover portion 102.
  • the information display device 12 is a touch panel type display, and in addition to displaying various types of information, it is possible to receive inputs from the manager of the device and the drink consumer.
  • the information display device 12 is attached to the cover unit 102 via the moving mechanism 12a, and can be moved in the vertical direction within a certain range by the moving mechanism 12a.
  • the cover 102 is also provided with a bean input port 103 and a door 103a for opening and closing the bean input port 103.
  • a bean input port 103 By opening the opening / closing door 103, it is possible to put roasted coffee beans different from the roasted coffee beans stored in the canister 40 into the bean charging port 103. This makes it possible to provide consumers with special drinks with special drinks.
  • the cover portion 102 is made of a translucent material such as acrylic or glass, and the entire cover portion constitutes a transparent cover. Therefore, the mechanism inside the cover 102 is visible from the outside. In the case of the present embodiment, a part of the manufacturing unit that manufactures the coffee beverage is visible through the cover unit 102. In the case of the present embodiment, the entire main body 101 is a non-transparent portion, and it is difficult to visually recognize the inside from the outside.
  • FIG. 2 is a partial front view of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1, and is a diagram showing a part of the manufacturing section which can be visually recognized by the user when the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 is viewed from the front.
  • the cover portion 102 and the information display device 12 are shown in phantom lines.
  • the housing 100 in the front part of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 has a double structure of a main body 101 and an outer (front side) cover 102 thereof.
  • a part of the manufacturing unit is arranged in the front-rear direction between the main body unit 101 and the cover unit 12, and is visible to the user through the cover unit 102.
  • some of the mechanisms of the manufacturing unit that can be visually recognized by the user through the cover unit 102 are a collective conveying unit 42, grinders 5A and 5B, a separating device 6, an extraction container 9 and the like, which will be described later.
  • a rectangular concave portion 101a that is recessed toward the rear side is formed on the front surface of the main body portion 101, and the extraction container 9 and the like are located on the rear side inside the concave portion 101a.
  • the cover 102 is laterally openably supported by the main body 101 via a hinge 102a at the right end thereof.
  • An engagement portion 102b that keeps the main body portion 101 and the cover portion 102 closed is provided at the left end portion of the cover portion 102.
  • the engaging portion 102b is, for example, a combination of a magnet and iron.
  • the cover part 102 is of the horizontal opening type, but may be of the vertical opening type (vertical opening type) or may be of the sliding type. Further, the cover 102 may not be opened and closed.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the function of the beverage manufacturing device 1.
  • the beverage manufacturing device 1 includes a bean processing device 2 and a brewing device 3 as a coffee beverage manufacturing unit.
  • Bean processing device 2 generates ground beans from roasted coffee beans.
  • the extraction device 3 extracts the coffee liquid from the ground beans supplied from the bean processing device 2.
  • the extraction device 3 includes a fluid supply unit 7, a drive unit 8, which will be described later, an extraction container 9, and a switching unit 10.
  • the ground beans supplied from the bean processing device 2 are put into the extraction container 9.
  • the fluid supply unit 7 puts hot water into the extraction container 9. Coffee liquid is extracted from the ground beans in the extraction container 9. Hot water containing the extracted coffee liquid is delivered to the cup C as a coffee beverage via the switching unit 10.
  • Fluid supply unit and switching unit The configurations of the fluid supply unit 7 and the switching unit 10 will be described with reference to FIG. First, the fluid supply unit 7 will be described.
  • the fluid supply unit 7 supplies hot water to the extraction container 9 and controls the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9.
  • the atmospheric pressure when the atmospheric pressure is illustrated by a numeral, it means an absolute pressure unless otherwise specified, and the gauge pressure means an atmospheric pressure of 0 atmospheric pressure.
  • the atmospheric pressure refers to the atmospheric pressure around the extraction container 9 or the atmospheric pressure of the beverage manufacturing apparatus.
  • the fluid supply unit 7 includes pipes L1 to L3.
  • the pipe L1 is a pipe through which air flows
  • the pipe L2 is a pipe through which water flows.
  • the pipe L3 is a pipe through which both air and water can flow.
  • the fluid supply unit 7 includes a compressor 70 as a pressure source.
  • the compressor 70 compresses the atmosphere and sends it out.
  • the compressor 70 is driven by, for example, a motor (not shown) as a drive source.
  • the compressed air sent from the compressor 70 is supplied to the reserve tank (accumulator) 71 via the check valve 71a.
  • the pressure inside the reserve tank 71 is monitored by the pressure sensor 71b, and the compressor 70 is driven so as to be maintained at a predetermined pressure (7 atm (6 atm in gauge pressure) in this embodiment).
  • the reserve tank 71 is provided with a drain 71c for drainage, and water generated by compression of air can be drained.
  • the hot water (water) that composes the coffee drink is accumulated in the water tank 72.
  • the water tank 72 is provided with a heater 72a for heating the water in the water tank 72 and a temperature sensor 72b for measuring the temperature of the water.
  • the heater 72a maintains the temperature of the accumulated hot water at a predetermined temperature (120 degrees Celsius in this embodiment) based on the detection result of the temperature sensor 72b.
  • the heater 72a is turned on when the temperature of the hot water is 118 degrees Celsius, and turned off when the temperature of the hot water is 120 degrees Celsius, for example.
  • the water tank 72 is also provided with a water level sensor 72c.
  • the water level sensor 72c detects the water level of the hot water in the water tank 72.
  • water is supplied to the water tank 72.
  • tap water is supplied via a water purifier (not shown).
  • An electromagnetic valve 72d is provided in the middle of the pipe L2 from the water purifier, and when the water level sensor 72c detects a decrease in the water level, the electromagnetic valve 72d is opened and water is supplied. The valve 72d is closed to cut off the water supply. In this way, the hot water in the water tank 72 is maintained at a constant water level. Water may be supplied to the water tank 72 each time hot water used for manufacturing a coffee beverage is discharged.
  • the water tank 72 is also provided with a pressure sensor 72g.
  • the pressure sensor 72g detects the atmospheric pressure in the water tank 72.
  • the water tank 72 is supplied with the atmospheric pressure in the reserve tank 71 via a pressure regulating valve 72e and a solenoid valve 72f.
  • the pressure regulating valve 72e reduces the atmospheric pressure supplied from the reserve tank 71 to a predetermined atmospheric pressure. In the case of this embodiment, the pressure is reduced to 3 atm (2 atm in gauge pressure).
  • the electromagnetic valve 72f switches between supply and cutoff of the atmospheric pressure adjusted by the pressure adjusting valve 72e to the water tank 72.
  • the electromagnetic valve 72f is controlled to open and close so that the atmospheric pressure in the water tank 72 is maintained at 3 atm except when tap water is supplied to the water tank 72.
  • the pressure in the water tank 72 is set lower than the tap water pressure by the solenoid valve 72h so that the tap water is smoothly replenished to the water tank 72 by the tap water pressure.
  • the pressure is reduced to (for example, less than 2.5 atm).
  • the solenoid valve 72h switches whether to open the inside of the water tank 72 to the atmosphere, and opens the inside of the water tank 72 to the atmosphere when the pressure is reduced. Further, the solenoid valve 72h releases the inside of the water tank 72 to the atmosphere when the atmospheric pressure in the water tank 72 exceeds 3 atm except when the tap water is supplied to the water tank 72, and the inside of the water tank 72 becomes 3 atm. maintain.
  • the hot water in the water tank 72 is supplied to the extraction container 9 via the check valve 72j, the electromagnetic valve 72i and the pipe L3.
  • the hot water is supplied to the extraction container 9 by opening the electromagnetic valve 72i, and the hot water supply is shut off by closing the electromagnetic container 72i.
  • the amount of hot water supplied to the extraction container 9 can be controlled by the opening time of the solenoid valve 72i. However, the opening / closing of the solenoid valve 72i may be controlled by measuring the supply amount.
  • the pipe L3 is provided with a temperature sensor 73e for measuring the temperature of hot water, and the temperature of hot water supplied to the extraction container 9 is monitored.
  • the atmospheric pressure of the reserve tank 71 is also supplied to the extraction container 9 via the pressure regulating valve 73a and the electromagnetic valve 73b.
  • the pressure regulating valve 73a reduces the atmospheric pressure supplied from the reserve tank 71 to a predetermined atmospheric pressure. In the case of the present embodiment, the pressure is reduced to 5 atm (4 atm in gauge pressure).
  • the electromagnetic valve 73b switches between supply and cutoff of the atmospheric pressure adjusted by the pressure adjusting valve 73a to the extraction container 9. The pressure inside the extraction container 9 is detected by the pressure sensor 73d.
  • the electromagnetic valve 73b is opened based on the detection result of the pressure sensor 73d, and the inside of the extraction container 9 has a predetermined atmospheric pressure (in the case of the present embodiment, a maximum of 5 atmospheric pressure (a gauge pressure of 4 atmospheric pressure). )) Pressurize.
  • the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9 can be reduced by the solenoid valve 73c.
  • the solenoid valve 73c switches whether to open the inside of the extraction container 9 to the atmosphere, and opens the inside of the extraction container 9 to the atmosphere when the pressure is abnormal (for example, when the inside of the extraction container 9 exceeds 5 atmospheric pressure).
  • the inside of the extraction container 9 is washed with tap water.
  • the solenoid valve 73f is opened during cleaning and supplies tap water to the extraction container 9.
  • the switching unit 10 is a unit that switches the delivery destination of the liquid delivered from the extraction container 9 to either the pouring portion 10c or the waste tank T.
  • the switching unit 10 includes a switching valve 10a and a motor 10b that drives the switching valve 10a.
  • the switching valve 10a switches the flow path to the pouring portion 10c when the coffee beverage in the extraction container 9 is delivered.
  • the coffee beverage is poured from the pouring portion 10c into the cup C.
  • the switching valve 10a is a 3-port ball valve in this embodiment. Since the residue passes through the switching valve 10a during cleaning, a ball valve is suitable for the switching valve 10a, and the motor 10b switches its flow path by rotating its rotation shaft.
  • the bean processing apparatus 2 includes a storage device 4 and a crushing device 5.
  • the storage device 4 includes a plurality of canisters 40 in which roasted coffee beans are stored. In the case of this embodiment, three canisters 40 are provided.
  • the canister 40 includes a tubular main body 40a that stores roasted coffee beans, and a handle 40b provided on the main body 40a, and is configured to be attachable to and detachable from the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1.
  • Each canister 40 may store different types of roasted coffee beans, and the type of roasted coffee beans used for producing a coffee beverage may be selected by an operation input to the information display device 12.
  • Roasted coffee beans of different types are, for example, roasted coffee beans of different types of coffee beans.
  • the roasted coffee beans of different types are coffee beans of the same type, but may be roasted coffee beans of different roasting degrees.
  • the roasted coffee beans of different types may be roasted coffee beans of different types or roasting degrees.
  • at least one of the three canisters 40 may contain roasted coffee beans in which roasted coffee beans of a plurality of types are mixed. In this case, the roasted coffee beans of each variety may have the same degree of roasting.
  • the configuration may be such that only one canister 40 is provided.
  • the same type of roasted coffee beans may be stored in all or a plurality of canisters 40.
  • Each canister 40 is detachably attached to the weighing and conveying device 41.
  • the weighing / conveying device 41 is, for example, an electric screw conveyor, and automatically weighs a predetermined amount of roasted coffee beans contained in the canister 40 and sends it to the downstream side.
  • Each metering and conveying device 41 discharges the roasted coffee beans to the collecting and conveying section 42 on the downstream side.
  • the collective conveying unit 42 is formed of a hollow member and forms a conveying passage for roasted coffee beans from each conveyor 41 to the crushing device 5 (in particular, the grinder 5A).
  • the roasted coffee beans discharged from each of the metering / conveying devices 41 move inside the collecting / conveying part 42 by their own weight and flow down to the crushing device 5.
  • a guide portion 42a is formed in the collective conveyance portion 42 at a position corresponding to the bean insertion port 103.
  • the guide portion 42a forms a passage for guiding the roasted coffee beans input from the bean input port 103 to the crushing device 5 (in particular, the grinder 5A).
  • the crushing device 5 in particular, the grinder 5A.
  • FIG. 4 is a partial perspective view of the separation device 6.
  • the crushing device 5 includes grinders 5 ⁇ / b> A and 5 ⁇ / b> B and a separating device 6.
  • the grinders 5A and 5B are a mechanism for grinding roasted coffee beans supplied from the storage device 4.
  • the roasted coffee beans supplied from the storage device 4 are ground by the grinder 5A, then further ground by the grinder 5B to be powdered, and charged into the extraction container 9 from the discharge pipe 5C.
  • Grinders 5A and 5B have different grain sizes for grinding beans.
  • the grinder 5A is a grinder for coarse grinding
  • the grinder 5B is a grinder for fine grinding.
  • Each of the grinders 5A and 5B is an electric grinder, and includes a motor that is a drive source and a rotary blade that is driven by the motor.
  • the size (grain size) of the roasted coffee beans to be ground can be changed by changing the number of rotations of the rotary blade.
  • the separating device 6 is a mechanism for separating unnecessary substances from ground beans.
  • the separating device 6 includes a passage portion 63a arranged between the grinder 5A and the grinder 5B.
  • the passage portion 63a is a hollow body that forms a separation chamber through which ground beans that freely fall from the grinder 5A pass.
  • the passage portion 63a is connected to a passage portion 63b extending in a direction (in the present embodiment, the left-right direction) intersecting with the passage direction of the ground beans (in the present embodiment, the vertical direction).
  • the suction unit 60 is connected to the portion 63b. The suction unit 60 sucks the air in the passage 63a, so that a lightweight object such as chaff or fine powder is sucked. As a result, unnecessary substances can be separated from the ground beans.
  • the suction unit 60 is a centrifugal separation mechanism.
  • the suction unit 60 includes a blower unit 60A and a collection container 60B.
  • the blower unit 60A is a fan motor, and exhausts the air in the collection container 60B upward.
  • the collection container 60B includes an upper portion 61 and a lower portion 62 that are separably engaged.
  • the lower portion 62 has a bottomed cylindrical shape with an open upper portion, and forms a space for accumulating unnecessary substances.
  • the upper portion 61 constitutes a lid portion that is attached to the opening of the lower portion 62.
  • the upper portion 61 includes a cylindrical outer peripheral wall 61a and an exhaust pipe 61b formed coaxially with the outer peripheral wall 61a.
  • the blower unit 60A is fixed to the upper portion 61 above the exhaust pipe 61b so as to suck the air in the exhaust pipe 61b.
  • a passage portion 63b is connected to the upper portion 61.
  • the passage portion 63b opens to the side of the exhaust pipe 61b.
  • a plurality of fins 61d are integrally formed on the peripheral surface of the exhaust stack 61b.
  • the plurality of fins 61d are arranged in the circumferential direction of the exhaust pipe 61b.
  • Each fin 61d is inclined with respect to the axial direction of the exhaust pipe 61b.
  • the lower portion 62 is formed of a translucent material such as acrylic or glass, and the whole constitutes a transparent container having a transmissive portion.
  • the lower portion 62 is a portion covered by the cover portion 102 (FIG. 2).
  • a manager or a consumer of the beverage can see the unwanted matter D accumulated in the lower portion 62 through the cover 102 and the peripheral wall of the lower portion 62. It may be easy for the manager to confirm the cleaning timing of the lower portion 62, and the consumer of the beverage can visually recognize that the unwanted matter D has been removed, and thus the expectation for the quality of the coffee beverage being produced is increased. There are cases.
  • the roasted coffee beans supplied from the storage device 4 are first coarsely ground by the grinder 5A, and when the coarse ground beans pass through the passage portion 63a, the separation device 6 removes unnecessary substances. Are separated.
  • the coarsely ground beans from which unnecessary substances are separated are finely ground by the grinder 5B.
  • the unnecessary substances separated by the separation device 6 are typically chaff and fine powder. These may deteriorate the taste of the coffee drink, and the quality of the coffee drink can be improved by removing chaff or the like from the ground beans.
  • ⁇ Grinding of roasted coffee beans may be done with one grinder (one-step grinding).
  • the grain size of the ground beans can be easily made uniform, and the extraction degree of the coffee liquid can be made constant.
  • heat may be generated due to friction between the cutter and the beans.
  • heat generation due to friction during crushing can be suppressed and deterioration of ground beans (for example, deterioration of flavor) can be prevented.
  • the heat treatment of the ground beans can be suppressed by air cooling by interposing the separation process of the unwanted matter using the suction of air between the coarse grinding and the fine grinding.
  • FIG. 5 is a perspective view of the drive unit 8 and the extraction container 9. Most of the drive unit 8 is surrounded by the main body 101.
  • the drive unit 8 is supported by the frame F.
  • the frame F includes upper and lower beam portions F1 and F2 and a column portion F3 that supports the beam portions F1 and F2.
  • the drive unit 8 is roughly divided into three units, an upper unit 8A, a middle unit 8B, and a lower unit 8C.
  • the upper unit 8A is supported by the beam portion F1.
  • the middle unit 8B is supported by the beam portion F1 and the column portion F3 between the beam portion F1 and the beam portion F2.
  • the lower unit 8C is supported by the beam portion F2.
  • the extraction container 9 is a chamber including a container body 90 and a lid unit 91.
  • the extraction container 9 may be called a chamber.
  • the middle unit 8B includes an arm member 820 that detachably holds the container body 90.
  • the arm member 820 includes a holding member 820a and a pair of left and right shaft members 820b.
  • the holding member 820a is an elastic member such as a resin formed in a C-shaped clip shape, and holds the container body 90 by its elastic force.
  • the holding member 82a holds the left and right side portions of the container body 90, and the front side of the container body 90 is exposed. This makes it easier to visually recognize the inside of the container body 90 in a front view.
  • the container body 90 is attached / detached to / from the holding member 820a by a manual operation, and the container body 90 is attached to the holding member 820a by pressing the container body 90 to the holding member 820a rearward and rearward. Further, the container body 90 can be separated from the holding member 820a by pulling out the container body 90 from the holding member 820a to the front side in the front-rear direction.
  • the pair of shaft members 820b are rods extending in the front-rear direction, and are members that support the holding member 820a. Although the number of the shaft members 820b is two in the present embodiment, it may be one, or three or more.
  • the holding member 820a is fixed to the front ends of the pair of shaft members 820b. By a mechanism described later, the pair of shaft members 82b are moved forward and backward, the holding member 820a is moved forward and backward, and the container main body 90 can be moved in parallel in the forward and backward directions.
  • the middle unit 8B can also perform a turning operation to turn the extraction container 9 upside down, as described later.
  • the extraction container 9 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 6 is a view showing the closed state and the open state of the extraction container 9. As described above, the extraction container 9 is turned upside down by the middle unit 8B.
  • the extraction container 9 in FIG. 6 shows a basic posture in which the lid unit 91 is located on the upper side.
  • the vertical positional relationship means the vertical positional relationship in the basic posture unless otherwise specified.
  • the container body 90 is a bottomed container, and has a bottle shape having a neck portion 90b, a shoulder portion 90d, a body portion 90e, and a bottom portion 90f.
  • a flange portion 90c that defines an opening 90a that communicates with the internal space of the container body 90 is formed at the end of the neck portion 90b (upper end portion of the container body 90).
  • Both the neck portion 90b and the body portion 90e have a cylindrical shape.
  • the shoulder portion 90d is a portion between the neck portion 90b and the body portion 90e, and has a tapered shape such that the cross-sectional area of the internal space thereof gradually decreases from the body portion 90e side toward the neck portion 90b side. ing.
  • the lid unit 91 is a unit that opens and closes the opening 90a.
  • the opening / closing operation (elevating operation) of the lid unit 91 is performed by the upper unit 8A.
  • the container body 90 includes a body member 900 and a bottom member 901.
  • the main body member 900 is a tubular member that forms the neck portion 90b, the shoulder portion 90d, and the body portion 90e and is open at the top and bottom.
  • the bottom member 901 is a member that forms the bottom portion 90f, and is inserted and fixed to the lower portion of the main body member 900.
  • a seal member 902 is interposed between the main body member 900 and the bottom member 901 to improve airtightness inside the container main body 90.
  • the main body member 900 is formed of a translucent material such as acrylic or glass, and the entire body constitutes a transparent container having a transmissive portion.
  • An administrator or a consumer of beverage can see the extraction status of coffee beverage in the container body 90 through the cover 102 and the body member 900 of the container body 90. It may be easy for the manager to confirm the extraction operation, and for the beverage consumer, the extraction situation may be enjoyed.
  • a convex portion 901c is provided at the center of the bottom member 901.
  • the convex portion 901c is provided with a communication hole for communicating the inside of the container body 90 with the outside and a valve (valve 903 in FIG. 8) for opening and closing the communication hole. It is provided.
  • the communication hole is used for discharging a waste liquid and a residue when cleaning the inside of the container body 90.
  • a seal member 908 is provided on the convex portion 901c, and the seal member 908 is a member for maintaining an airtight space between the upper unit 8A or the lower unit 8C and the bottom member 901.
  • the lid unit 91 includes a hat-shaped base member 911.
  • the base member 911 has a protrusion 911d and a flange 911c that overlaps the flange 90c when closed.
  • the convex portion 911d has the same structure as the convex portion 901c of the container body 90, and is provided with a communication hole for communicating the inside of the container body 90 to the outside and a valve (valve 913 in FIG. 8) for opening and closing the communication hole.
  • the communication hole of the convex portion 911d is mainly used for injecting hot water into the container body 90 and delivering a coffee beverage.
  • a seal member 918a is provided on the protrusion 911d.
  • the seal member 918a is a member for keeping the space between the upper unit 8A or the lower unit 8C and the base member 911 airtight.
  • the lid unit 91 is also provided with a seal member 919.
  • the sealing member 919 improves the airtightness between the lid unit 91 and the container body 90 when the lid unit 91 is closed.
  • the lid unit 91 holds a filter for filtration.
  • FIGS. 7 is a front view showing a part of the configuration of the upper unit 8A and the lower unit 8C
  • FIG. 8 is a vertical sectional view of FIG.
  • the upper unit 8A includes an operation unit 81A.
  • the operation unit 81A performs an opening / closing operation (elevation) of the lid unit 91 with respect to the container body 90 and an opening / closing operation of the valves of the convex portions 901c and 911d.
  • the operation unit 81A includes a support member 800, a holding member 801, a lifting shaft 802, and a probe 803.
  • the support member 800 is fixedly provided so that the relative position with respect to the frame F does not change, and accommodates the holding member 801.
  • the support member 800 also includes a communication portion 800a that connects the pipe L3 and the inside of the support member 800. Hot water, tap water, and atmospheric pressure supplied from the pipe L3 are introduced into the support member 800 via the communication portion 800a.
  • the holding member 801 is a member that can detachably hold the lid unit 91.
  • the holding member 801 has a cylindrical space into which the convex portion 911d of the lid unit 91 or the convex portion 901c of the bottom member 901 is inserted, and is provided with a mechanism for detachably holding these.
  • This mechanism is, for example, a snap ring mechanism, which is engaged by a constant pressing force and released by a constant separation force. Hot water, tap water, and atmospheric pressure supplied from the pipe L3 can be supplied into the extraction container 9 through the communication portion 800a and the communication hole 801a of the holding member 801.
  • the holding member 801 is also a movable member that is provided so as to be vertically slidable inside the support member 800.
  • the lifting shaft 802 is provided so that its axial direction is the vertical direction.
  • the elevating shaft 802 penetrates the ceiling of the support member 800 in the vertical direction in an airtight manner, and is vertically movable with respect to the support member 800.
  • the top of the holding member 801 is fixed to the lower end of the lifting shaft 802.
  • the holding member 801 slides in the vertical direction as the lifting shaft 802 moves up and down, so that the holding member 801 can be attached to and detached from the protrusions 911d and 901c. Further, the lid unit 91 can be opened and closed with respect to the container body 90.
  • a screw 802a forming a lead screw mechanism is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the lifting shaft 802.
  • a nut 804b is screwed onto the screw 802a.
  • the upper unit 8A includes a motor 804a, and the nut 804b is rotated in place (without moving up and down) by the driving force of the motor 804a.
  • the lifting shaft 802 moves up and down by the rotation of the nut 804b.
  • the elevating shaft 802 is a tubular shaft having a through hole in its central axis, and a probe 803 is vertically slidably inserted into this through hole.
  • the probe 803 vertically and airtightly penetrates the top of the holding member 801, and is provided to be vertically movable with respect to the support member 800 and the holding member 801.
  • the probe 803 is an operator that opens and closes the valves 913 and 903 provided inside the convex portions 911d and 901c.
  • the probe 803 lowers the valves 913 and 903 from the closed state to the open state, and the probe 803 raises the valve.
  • the open state can be changed to the closed state (due to the action of a return spring (not shown)).
  • a screw 803a forming a lead screw mechanism is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the probe 803.
  • a nut 805b is screwed onto the screw 803a.
  • the upper unit 8A includes a motor 805a, and the nut 805b is provided so as to rotate on the spot (without moving up and down) by the driving force of the motor 805a.
  • the probe 803 moves up and down by the rotation of the nut 805b.
  • the lower unit 8C includes an operation unit 81C.
  • the operation unit 81C has a configuration in which the operation unit 81A is turned upside down, and opens and closes the valves 913 and 903 provided inside the convex portions 911d and 901c.
  • the operation unit 81C is also configured to open and close the lid unit 91, but in the present embodiment, the operation unit 81C is not used to open and close the lid unit 91.
  • the operation unit 81C will be described below, although it is substantially the same as the operation unit 81A.
  • the operation unit 81C includes a support member 810, a holding member 811, a lifting shaft 812, and a probe 813.
  • the support member 810 is fixedly provided so that the relative position with respect to the frame F does not change, and accommodates the holding member 811.
  • the support member 810 also includes a communication portion 810a that allows the switching valve 10a of the switching unit 10 and the inside of the support member 810 to communicate with each other. Residues of coffee drink, tap water, and ground beans in the container body 90 are introduced into the switching valve 10a via the communication portion 810a.
  • the holding member 811 has a cylindrical space into which the convex portion 911d of the lid unit 91 or the convex portion 901c of the bottom member 901 is inserted, and is provided with a mechanism for detachably holding these.
  • This mechanism is, for example, a snap ring mechanism, which is engaged by a constant pressing force and released by a constant separation force. Residues of coffee drink, tap water, and ground beans in the container body 90 are introduced into the switching valve 10a through the communication portion 810a and the communication hole 811a of the holding member 811.
  • the holding member 811 is also a movable member that is provided so as to be vertically slidable inside the support member 810.
  • the lifting shaft 812 is provided so that its axial direction is the vertical direction.
  • the elevating shaft 812 penetrates the bottom portion of the support member 800 in a vertical direction in an airtight manner, and is vertically movable with respect to the support member 810.
  • the bottom of the holding member 811 is fixed to the lower end of the lifting shaft 812.
  • the holding member 811 slides in the vertical direction as the lifting shaft 812 moves up and down, so that the holding member 811 can be attached to and separated from the protrusions 901c and 911d.
  • a screw 812a forming a lead screw mechanism is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the lifting shaft 812.
  • a nut 814b is screwed onto the screw 812a.
  • the lower unit 8C includes a motor 814a, and the nut 814b is rotated in place (without moving up and down) by the driving force of the motor 814a.
  • the lifting shaft 812 moves up and down by the rotation of the nut 814b.
  • the elevating shaft 812 is a tubular shaft having a through hole in its central axis, and the probe 813 is vertically slidably inserted into this through hole.
  • the probe 813 penetrates the bottom of the holding member 811 in an airtight manner in the vertical direction, and is provided so as to be vertically movable with respect to the support member 810 and the holding member 811.
  • the probe 813 is an operator that opens and closes the valves 913 and 903 provided inside the convex portions 911d and 901c.
  • the probe 813 moves the valves 913 and 903 from the closed state to the open state when the probe 813 moves upward, and the valve 813 moves when the probe 813 descends.
  • the open state can be changed to the closed state (due to the action of a return spring (not shown)).
  • a screw 813a forming a lead screw mechanism is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the probe 813.
  • a nut 815b is screwed onto the screw 813a.
  • the lower unit 8C includes a motor 815a, and the nut 815b is provided so as to be rotated in place (without moving up and down) by the driving force of the motor 815a. The rotation of the nut 815b moves the probe 813 up and down.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the middle unit 8B.
  • the middle unit 8B includes a support unit 81B that supports the extraction container 9.
  • the support unit 81B includes a unit body 81B ′ that supports the lock mechanism 821 in addition to the arm member 820 described above.
  • the lock mechanism 821 is a mechanism that keeps the lid unit 91 closed with respect to the container body 90.
  • the lock mechanism 821 includes a pair of gripping members 821a that vertically clamps the flange portion 911c of the lid unit 91 and the flange portion 90c of the container body 90.
  • the pair of gripping members 821a have a C-shaped cross section in which the flange portion 911c and the flange portion 90c are sandwiched and fitted, and are opened and closed in the left-right direction by the driving force of the motor 822.
  • each gripping member 821a fits the flange part 911c and the flange part 90c by vertically sandwiching them,
  • the unit 91 is hermetically locked to the container body 90.
  • the lid unit 91 does not move (the lock is not released) even if the holding unit 801 is lifted by the elevating shaft 802 to open the lid unit 91. That is, the locking force of the lock mechanism 821 is set to be stronger than the force of opening the lid unit 91 using the holding member 801. Accordingly, it is possible to prevent the lid unit 91 from being opened with respect to the container body 90 at the time of abnormality.
  • the gripping members 821a are separated from the flange portion 911c and the flange portion 90c, and the lid unit 91 and the container body 90 are separated. And are unlocked.
  • the lid unit 91 is removed from the container body 90 when the pair of gripping members 821a is in the open state. To be separated. Conversely, when the pair of gripping members 821a is in the closed state, the holding member 801 for the lid unit 91 is released, and only the holding member 801 moves up.
  • the middle unit 8B also includes a mechanism for horizontally moving the arm member 820 in the front-rear direction using the motor 823 as a drive source.
  • the container body 90 supported by the arm member 820 can be moved between the rear extraction position (state ST1) and the front bean insertion position (state ST2).
  • the bean charging position is a position at which ground beans are charged in the container body 90, and ground beans ground by the grinder 5B are charged from the discharge pipe 5C into the opening 90a of the container body 90 from which the lid unit 91 is separated.
  • the position of the discharge pipe 5C is above the container body 90 located at the bean charging position.
  • the extraction position is a position where the container body 90 can be operated by the operation unit 81A and the operation unit 81C, is a position coaxial with the probes 803 and 813, and is a position where coffee liquid is extracted.
  • the extraction position is a position on the back side of the bean charging position. 5, 7, and 8 all show the case where the container body 90 is in the extraction position.
  • the position of the container body 90 is made different between the input of ground beans, the extraction of coffee liquid, and the supply of water, so that the steam generated during coffee liquid extraction is the discharge pipe that is the ground bean supply unit. It can be prevented from adhering to 5C.
  • the middle unit 8B also includes a mechanism for rotating the support unit 81B around the shaft 825 in the front-rear direction using the motor 824 as a drive source.
  • the posture of the container body 90 can be changed from the upright posture (state ST1) in which the neck portion 90b is upward to the inverted posture (state ST3) in which the neck portion 90b is downward.
  • the lock mechanism 821 keeps the lid unit 91 locked to the container body 90.
  • the extraction container 9 is turned upside down in the upright posture and the inverted posture. In the upright posture, the convex portion 911d is located at the position of the convex portion 901c in the upright posture.
  • the convex portion 901c is located in the inverted posture at the position of the convex portion 911d in the upright posture. Therefore, in the inverted posture, the operation unit 81A can perform the opening / closing operation on the valve 903, and the operation unit 81C can perform the opening / closing operation on the valve 913.
  • FIG. 10 is a block diagram of the control device 11.
  • the control device 11 controls the entire beverage manufacturing device 1.
  • the control device 11 includes a processing unit 11a, a storage unit 11b, and an I / F (interface) unit 11c.
  • the processing unit 11a is a processor such as a CPU.
  • the storage unit 11b is, for example, a RAM or a ROM.
  • the I / F unit 11c includes an input / output interface that inputs and outputs signals between the external device and the processing unit 11a.
  • the I / F unit 11c also includes a communication interface capable of data communication with the server 16 via the communication network 15 such as the Internet.
  • the server 16 can communicate with a mobile terminal 17 such as a smartphone via the communication network 15, and can receive information such as a beverage manufacturing reservation and impressions from the mobile terminal 17 of a beverage consumer, for example. ..
  • the processing unit 11a executes the program stored in the storage unit 11b, and controls the actuator group 14 based on an instruction from the information display device 12 or a detection result of the sensor group 13 or an instruction from the server 16.
  • the sensor group 13 is various sensors (for example, a hot water temperature sensor, a mechanism operating position detection sensor, a pressure sensor, etc.) provided in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1.
  • the actuator group 14 is various actuators (for example, a motor, a solenoid valve, a heater, etc.) provided in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1.
  • FIG. 11 (A) shows an example of control relating to one coffee beverage manufacturing operation.
  • the state of the beverage production device 1 before the production instruction is called a standby state.
  • the state of each mechanism in the standby state is as follows.
  • the extraction device 3 is in the state shown in FIG.
  • the extraction container 9 is in an upright posture and is located at the extraction position.
  • the lock mechanism 821 is in the closed state, and the lid unit 91 closes the opening 90a of the container body 90.
  • the holding member 801 is in the lowered position and is attached to the convex portion 911d.
  • the holding member 811 is in the raised position and is attached to the convex portion 901c.
  • Valves 903 and 913 are closed.
  • the switching valve 10a connects the communication portion 810a of the operation unit 8C to the waste tank T.
  • FIG. 11 (A) In the standby state, if there is a coffee beverage manufacturing instruction, the process of FIG. 11 (A) is executed.
  • S1 preheat treatment is performed. This process is a process of pouring hot water into the container body 90 to preheat the container body 90.
  • the valves 903 and 913 are opened. As a result, the pipe L3, the extraction container 9, and the waste tank T are in communication with each other.
  • the solenoid valve 72i is opened for a predetermined time (for example, 1500 ms) and then closed. As a result, hot water is poured into the extraction container 9 from the water tank 72. Subsequently, the electromagnetic valve 73 is opened for a predetermined time (for example, 500 ms) and then closed. As a result, the air in the extraction container 9 is pressurized, and the discharge of hot water to the waste tank T is promoted.
  • Grind processing is performed in S2.
  • the roasted coffee beans are crushed and the ground beans are put into the container body 90.
  • the lock mechanism 821 is opened and the holding member 801 is raised to the raised position.
  • the lid unit 91 is held by the holding member 801, and rises together with the holding member 801.
  • the holding member 811 descends to the descending position.
  • the container body 90 is moved to the bean charging position.
  • the storage device 4 and the crushing device 5 are operated.
  • one cup of roasted coffee beans is supplied from the storage device 4 to the grinder 5A.
  • the roasted coffee beans are ground in two stages by the grinders 5A and 5B, and unnecessary substances are separated by the separating device 6. Ground beans are placed in the container body 90.
  • the holding member 801 is lowered to the lowered position, and the lid unit 91 is attached to the container body 90.
  • the lock mechanism 821 is closed and the lid unit 91 is airtightly locked to the container body 90.
  • the holding member 811 rises to the raised position.
  • the valve 903 is opened and the valve 913 is closed.
  • FIG. 11B is a flowchart of the extraction process of S3.
  • the ground beans in the extraction container 9 are steamed, so a smaller amount of hot water than the full amount of hot water is poured into the extraction container 9.
  • the electromagnetic valve 72i is opened and closed for a predetermined time (for example, 500 ms).
  • a predetermined time for example, 500 ms.
  • hot water is poured into the extraction container 9 from the water tank 72.
  • a predetermined time for example, 5000 ms
  • the process of S11 ends.
  • ground beans can be steamed.
  • carbon dioxide gas contained in the ground beans can be released and the subsequent extraction effect can be enhanced.
  • the remaining amount of hot water is poured into the extraction container 9 so that one cup of hot water is stored in the extraction container 9.
  • the electromagnetic valve 72i is opened and closed for a predetermined time (for example, 7000 ms). As a result, hot water is poured into the extraction container 9 from the water tank 72.
  • the inside of the extraction container 9 can be brought to a state where the temperature exceeds 100 degrees Celsius at 1 atmosphere (for example, about 110 degrees Celsius). Then, the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized by S13.
  • the electromagnetic valve 73b is opened and closed for a predetermined time (for example, 1000 ms), and the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized to an atmospheric pressure (for example, about 4 atm (about 3 atm in gauge pressure)) where the hot water does not boil. Then, the valve 903 is closed.
  • this state is maintained for a predetermined time (for example, 7,000 ms) to perform the soaking type coffee liquid extraction (S14).
  • a predetermined time for example, 7,000 ms
  • the extraction of the coffee liquid is performed by the immersion method under high temperature and high pressure.
  • the following effects can be expected in the immersion type extraction under high temperature and high pressure.
  • high temperature accelerates extraction of coffee liquor.
  • the high temperature lowers the viscosity of the oil contained in ground beans and accelerates oil extraction. This makes it possible to produce a coffee drink with a high aroma.
  • the temperature of the hot water should be above 100 degrees Celsius, but the higher temperature is more advantageous in extracting the coffee liquid.
  • increasing the temperature of the hot water generally increases the cost. Therefore, the temperature of the hot water may be, for example, 105 degrees Celsius or higher, 110 degrees Celsius or higher, or 115 degrees Celsius or higher, and may be 130 degrees Celsius or lower, or 120 degrees Celsius or lower, for example.
  • the pressure may be any pressure that does not boil the hot water.
  • the pressure inside the extraction container 9 is reduced.
  • the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9 is switched to the atmospheric pressure at which the hot water boils.
  • the valve 913 is opened, and the electromagnetic valve 73c is opened for a predetermined time (for example, 1000 ms) and closed.
  • the inside of the extraction container 9 is opened to the atmosphere. Then, the valve 913 is closed again.
  • the inside of the extraction container 9 is suddenly depressurized to a pressure lower than the boiling point pressure, and the hot water in the extraction container 9 boils at a dash.
  • Hot water and ground beans in the extraction container 9 explosively scatter in the extraction container 9. Thereby, the hot water can be boiled uniformly. Further, it is possible to promote the destruction of the cell wall of ground beans and further accelerate the subsequent extraction of coffee liquor. In addition, since the ground beans and hot water can be stirred by this boiling, extraction of the coffee liquid can be promoted. Thus, in this embodiment, the extraction efficiency of coffee liquid can be improved.
  • the extraction container 9 is inverted from the upright position to the inverted position.
  • the holding member 801 is moved to the raised position and the holding member 811 is moved to the lowered position.
  • the support unit 81B is rotated.
  • the holding member 801 is returned to the lowered position, and the holding member 811 is returned to the raised position.
  • the neck portion 90b and the lid unit 91 of the extraction container 9 in the inverted posture are located on the lower side.
  • a transparent coffee liquid extraction is performed and the coffee beverage is delivered to cup C.
  • the switching valve 10a is switched so that the pouring portion 10c communicates with the passage portion 810a of the operation unit 81C.
  • the valves 903 and 913 are both opened.
  • the electromagnetic valve 73b is opened for a predetermined time (for example, 10,000 ms) to bring the inside of the extraction container 9 to a predetermined atmospheric pressure (for example, 1.7 atmospheric pressure (gauge pressure: 0.7 atmospheric pressure)).
  • a predetermined time for example, 10,000 ms
  • a predetermined atmospheric pressure for example, 1.7 atmospheric pressure (gauge pressure: 0.7 atmospheric pressure)
  • the extraction efficiency of coffee liquid can be improved by using the immersion extraction in S14 and the permeation extraction in S17 together.
  • ground beans are accumulated from the body portion 90e to the bottom portion 90f.
  • ground beans are accumulated from the shoulder portion 90d to the neck portion 90b.
  • the cross-sectional area of the body portion 90e is larger than the cross-sectional area of the neck portion 90b, and the ground bean pile thickness in the inverted posture is thicker than that in the upright posture. That is, the ground beans are relatively thin and widely deposited when the extraction container 9 is in the upright posture, and relatively thick and narrowly deposited when the extraction container 9 is in the upright posture.
  • the hot water and the ground beans can be brought into contact with each other over a wide range, and the extraction efficiency of the coffee liquid can be improved.
  • the hot water tends to partially contact the ground beans.
  • the transparent extraction of S17 is performed with the extraction container 9 in the inverted posture, the hot water passes through the accumulated ground beans while contacting more ground beans. The hot water comes into contact with the ground beans evenly, and the extraction efficiency of the coffee liquid can be further improved.
  • the discharge process of S4 is performed.
  • a process related to cleaning the inside of the extraction container 9 is performed. Cleaning of the extraction container 9 is performed by returning the extraction container 9 from the inverted posture to the upright posture and supplying tap water (purified water) to the extraction container 9. Then, the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized, and the water in the extraction container 9 is discharged to the waste tank T together with the residue of ground beans.
  • one coffee beverage manufacturing process is completed. After that, the same processing is repeated for each manufacturing instruction.
  • the time required to manufacture one coffee beverage is, for example, about 60 to 90 seconds.
  • the beverage manufacturing device 1 includes the bean processing device 2 and the extraction device 3 as a manufacturing unit. More specifically, the bean processing device 2 includes the storage device 4 and the crushing device 5, and the extraction device 3 includes The fluid supply unit 7, the drive unit 8, the extraction container 9, and the switching unit 10 are included (refer FIG. 2, FIG. 3, etc.).
  • the crushing device 5 receives one cup of roasted coffee beans from the storage device 4 and grinds the beans in two stages by the grinders 5A and 5B. At this time, unnecessary substances such as chaff are separated from the ground beans by the separating device 6.
  • the fluid supply unit 7 pours the water into the extraction container 9
  • the drive unit 8 reverses the posture of the extraction container 9
  • the switching unit 10 moves the extraction container 9 to the cup C.
  • a drink for one cup is provided through delivery of liquid and the like.
  • a part of the manufacturing unit is covered by a cover unit 102 configured as a transparent cover which is a transparent unit, and a user (for example, an administrator of the device 1 or a consumer of the beverage) visually recognizes it from the outside of the device 1. It is possible.
  • the plurality of canisters 40 that are a part of the storage device 4 of the manufacturing unit are exposed, and the other elements are substantially housed in the housing 100.
  • the entire manufacturing unit may be housed in the housing 100.
  • the cover part 102 may be provided so as to cover at least a part of the manufacturing part.
  • the cover unit 102 Since at least a part of the manufacturing unit is covered by the cover unit 102 so as to be visible from the outside of the device 1, for example, when the user is the administrator of the device 1, the administrator can prepare the beverage and prepare the device. It may also be possible to perform an operational check. When the user is a purchaser of a beverage, the purchaser may be able to wait for the completion of the production of the beverage while increasing the expectations of the beverage. For example, the brewing container 9 of the brewing device 3 is visible from the outside of the device 1 via the cover portion 102, and the brewing process which is of relatively high interest to the user can be observed among the several processes for producing a beverage. ..
  • the drive unit 8 acts as a posture changing unit that changes the posture of the extraction container 9, and as described above, the extraction container 9 is a movable portion that can be turned upside down in the manufacturing section. Therefore, this reversing operation of the extraction container 9 is relatively easy to attract the user's interest, and it may be possible to entertain the user by making it observable by the user.
  • liquid delivery amount adjusting device 720 that can function as the water tank 72 of FIG. 3 will be described with reference to FIGS. 12 to 14.
  • FIG. 12 shows a schematic diagram of the liquid delivery amount adjusting device 720.
  • 13 shows a cross-sectional view taken along the line IV-IV of FIG. 12 and a cross-sectional view of another example (configuration example EX31).
  • the liquid delivery amount adjusting device 720 is a device that stores hot water (water) that composes a coffee beverage and that has a function of sending a fixed amount of hot water. As a result, the hot water required for one cup of coffee beverage can be sequentially delivered, and the amount of hot water at that time can be changed.
  • components having the same functions as the components related to the water tank 72 are designated by the same reference numerals.
  • the liquid delivery volume adjusting device 720 has a tank 720a for accumulating hot water.
  • the outer wall of the tank 720a includes a peripheral wall 721, an upper wall 723 joined to the upper end of the peripheral wall 721, and a bottom wall 724 joined to the lower end of the peripheral wall 721.
  • a partition wall 722 is provided in the tank 720a, and the internal space thereof is partitioned by the partition wall 722 into an outer cylindrical space 725 and an inner cylindrical space 726A.
  • the partition wall 722 is a cylindrical wall body arranged concentrically with the peripheral wall 721, but the partition wall 722 may be eccentric with respect to the peripheral wall 721 as shown in the configuration example EX31 of FIG. .
  • the space 725 constitutes a storage unit that stores hot water.
  • the space 725 is also referred to as a storage section 725.
  • a movable member 727c is disposed above the space 726A, and the space 726 below the movable member 727c constitutes a storage unit that stores hot water.
  • the space 726 is also referred to as a storage section 726.
  • the storage section 725 is provided with a heater 72a for heating the water in the storage section 725 and a temperature sensor 72b for measuring the temperature of the water.
  • the heater 72a maintains the temperature of the hot water accumulated at a predetermined temperature (here, 120 degrees Celsius) based on the detection result of the temperature sensor 72b.
  • the heater 72a is turned on when the temperature of the hot water is 118 degrees Celsius, and turned off when the temperature of the hot water is 120 degrees Celsius, for example.
  • a pipe for supplying the atmospheric pressure in the reserve tank 71 is connected to a portion of the upper wall 723 that defines the storage portion 725, and a solenoid valve 72f is provided here.
  • the liquid delivery amount adjusting device 720 includes a sensor (not shown, for example, a sensor corresponding to the pressure sensor 72g in FIG. 3) that detects the atmospheric pressure in the storage portion 725, and the solenoid valve 72f includes the pressure regulating valve 72e (see FIG. 3). ) Switching between supply and cutoff of the atmospheric pressure regulated in) to the storage section 725.
  • the electromagnetic valve 72f is controlled to open and close so that the atmospheric pressure in the storage section 725 is maintained at 3 atmospheric pressure except when tap water (purified water) is supplied to the storage section 725.
  • a pipe that connects the reservoir 725 to the atmosphere is connected to a portion of the upper wall 723 that defines the reservoir 725, and a solenoid valve 72h is provided here.
  • the solenoid valve 72h switches whether to open the inside of the water tank 72 to the atmosphere, and opens the inside of the storage portion 725 to the atmosphere when the pressure is reduced.
  • the electromagnetic valve 72h releases the storage portion 725 to the atmosphere and maintains the storage portion 725 at 3 atmospheric pressure when the atmospheric pressure in the storage portion 725 exceeds 3 atmospheric pressure except when the tap water is supplied to the storing portion 725. ..
  • a pipe L2 for supplying tap water to the storage portion 725 is connected to a portion of the bottom wall 724 that defines the storage portion 725, and a solenoid valve 72d is provided here.
  • the solenoid valve 72d is controlled to open and close based on the detection result of a water level sensor 72c, which will be described later, to control the water level of the hot water in the storage section 725.
  • a pipe L2 'for discharging hot water in the storage portion 725 is connected to a portion of the bottom wall 724 that defines the storage portion 725, and a solenoid valve 72d' is provided here.
  • the electromagnetic valve 72d ' is opened when the hot water in the storage portion 725 is discarded, and the hot water in the storage portion 725 is discharged to the pipe L2'.
  • the storage section 726 is a space whose volume can be changed by moving the movable member 727c. Hot water is supplied to the reservoir 726 from the reservoir 725 via the pipe 728a, the solenoid valve 728, and the pipe 728b.
  • the pipe 728a connects the portion of the bottom wall 724 that defines the storage portion 725 and the solenoid valve 728.
  • the pipe 728b connects the portion of the bottom wall 724 that defines the storage portion 726 and the solenoid valve 728.
  • the solenoid valve 728 is a three-way valve, and can switch communication and cutoff between the pipe 728b and the pipe 728a and communication and cutoff between the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c. .. Further, the solenoid valve 728 can shut off any of the pipes.
  • the pipe 728c is a pipe for delivering the hot water in the storage unit 726 to the extraction container 9.
  • the solenoid valve 728 shuts off the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c. Conversely, when the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c are in communication with each other, the pipe 728b and the pipe 728a are cut off.
  • the arrow shown by the solenoid valve 728 in the drawing indicates the operating state of the solenoid valve 728. In the case of the example of FIG. 12, the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c are communicated with each other, and the pipe 728b and the pipe 728a are cut off. It shows the state.
  • the solenoid valve 728 is a three-way valve, and one solenoid valve 728 is used to switch between them.
  • a configuration is also adopted in which the pipe 728b is divided into two, and a valve that switches communication and cutoff between the one pipe 728b and the pipe 728a and a valve that switches communication and cutoff between the other pipe 728b and the pipe 728c are provided. It is possible.
  • the liquid delivery volume adjusting device 720 includes a drive unit 727.
  • the drive unit 727 is controlled according to the amount of hot water delivered from the storage section 726, and changes the volume of the storage section 726. The amount of hot water required for one cup varies depending on the size of the coffee cup.
  • the drive unit 727 adjusts the volume of the storage section 726 so that an appropriate amount of hot water is delivered from the storage section 726 according to the size of the coffee cup or the like.
  • the drive unit 727 is a mechanism that changes the volume of the storage section 726 by moving the movable member 727c up and down.
  • the movable member 727c is a piston-shaped member that is inserted into the space 726A and configured to slide in the vertical direction, and the bottom surface 727d forms the upper wall of the storage section 726. From this viewpoint, the movable member 727c may be referred to as a piston unit or the like, and the space 726A may be referred to as a cylinder unit or the like. As the bottom surface 727d moves up and down, the volume of the storage portion 726 changes.
  • volume of the storage part 726 is not changed by moving the position of the upper wall body as in this example, but is changed by moving the positions of the lower and side wall bodies. Is also possible.
  • the movable member 727c includes a seal member (not shown) that forms a seal with the inner surface of the partition wall 722, and slides on the inner surface of the partition wall 722 in a liquid-tight manner.
  • a groove 727e extending in the up-down direction is formed on the peripheral surface of the movable member 727c, and the groove 727e has a gap with the inner surface of the partition wall 722.
  • the groove 727e is formed so as to communicate with the opening 722a that penetrates the partition wall 722 in the thickness direction.
  • the opening 722a is formed at a position higher than the highest water level of the hot water in the storage unit 725 (the position of the sensor 731b described below), and is an air communication unit that connects the storage unit 725 and the space 726A. Air communicates with the storage section 725 and the storage section 726 through the opening 722a and the groove 727e, and the atmospheric pressures in these spaces are the same.
  • a passage communicating with the atmosphere may be provided separately.
  • the drive unit 727 includes a motor 727a supported by the upper wall 723 as a drive source, and a screw shaft 727b as a moving mechanism that moves the movable member 727c.
  • the screw shaft 727b extends in the vertical direction and rotates by the driving force of the motor 727a.
  • the movable member 727c has a screw hole 727f opened on the upper surface thereof, and the screw shaft 727b is engaged with the screw hole 727f.
  • the movable member 727c is provided with a rotation stopper (not shown), and moves in the vertical direction by rotation of the screw shaft 727b.
  • the whirl-stop may be, for example, a concave portion and a convex portion extending in the up-down direction provided on the inner surface of the partition wall 722 and the peripheral surface of the movable member 727c.
  • the screw mechanism including the screw shaft 727b and the screw hole 727f is used as the moving mechanism for moving the movable member 727c, but the present invention is not limited to this, and other mechanisms such as a rack-pinion mechanism can also be adopted.
  • the water level sensor 72c is a measurement unit that measures the water level of the hot water in the storage section 725.
  • the water level sensor 72c includes a hollow cylindrical storage portion 729 extending vertically, a float 730 provided in the storage portion 729, and a lower sensor 731a and an upper sensor 731b that detect the float 730.
  • the storage section 729 communicates with the storage section 725 at a communication section 729a located below the sensor 731a, and communicates with the storage section 725 at a communication section 729b located above the sensor 731b.
  • Hot water in the storage section 725 flows into the storage section 729 via the communication section 729a.
  • the communication part 729b is an air communication part that connects the storage part 725 and the storage part 729, and air communicates between the storage part 725 and the storage part 729 via the communication part 729b. Therefore, the water level of the hot water in the reservoir 729 becomes equal to the water level of the hot water in the reservoir 725.
  • the storage unit 729 is made of a transparent material such as glass or acrylic. Accordingly, the water level of the hot water in the storage section 729 can be visually recognized from the outside, and as a result, the user can check the water level of the hot water in the storage section 725.
  • a transparent part is provided on a part of the peripheral wall (721) of the storage part 725 to make the water level visible.
  • the float 730 may be of any type as long as it floats in hot water in the storage unit 729.
  • the sensors 731a and 731b are, for example, optical sensors (photo interrupters), and detect the float 730 from the outside of the storage unit 729.
  • the electromagnetic valve 72d is opened and water is supplied to the storage section 725. That is, the sensor 731a monitors the lower limit of the water level of the hot water in the storage section 725.
  • the lower limit of the water level is set to a position higher than that of the heater 72a, so that it is possible to prevent the heater 72a from heating the empty space.
  • the electromagnetic valve 72d is closed to stop the supply of water to the reservoir 725. That is, the sensor 731b monitors the upper limit of the water level of the hot water in the storage section 725.
  • the volume of the storage portion 726 is adjusted by the drive unit 727 according to the cup size and the like.
  • the state ST61 shows that state.
  • the movable member 727c is lowered, and the volume of the storage section 726 is set to a volume smaller than that of the example of FIG.
  • the solenoid valve 728 connects the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c, and hot water is not supplied from the storage portion 725 to the storage portion 726.
  • the drive unit 727 When the volume of the storage section 726 is set, the drive unit 727 is stopped, and the solenoid valve 728 connects the pipe 728b and the pipe 728a.
  • the storage section 725 and the storage section 726 have the same atmospheric pressure, and the storage section 726 is on the bottom side of the tank 720a. Therefore, the hot water head pressure of the storage unit 725 supplies the hot water from the storage unit 725 to the storage unit 726.
  • the head difference is always generated between the storage section 725 and the storage section 726 (the storage section 725). Hot water is higher).
  • the state ST62 shows a state in which the storage section 726 is full. Although the hot water also enters the groove 727c, the groove 727c has a sufficient volume to ensure the communication of air, and can have a very small amount.
  • the storage section 726 is not provided with the heater 72a, but since the storage section 726 is surrounded by the storage section 725, it is possible to secure the heat retaining performance of the stored hot water.
  • the drive unit 727 may change the volume of the storage section 726.
  • the hot water can be supplied from the storage unit 725 to the storage unit 726 by other methods, but in this example, the hot water can be supplied with a relatively simple structure by utilizing the head difference between the storage unit 725 and the storage unit 726. Can be supplied.
  • the hot water stored in the storage unit 726 is sent out.
  • hot water can be delivered from the pipe 728c to the extraction container 9 by its own weight or the atmospheric pressure of the storage section 726.
  • the hot water in the storage section 726 can be delivered in stages by shutting off the operating state of the solenoid valve 728 between both pipes. For example, for the steaming step (S11 of FIG. 11B), it is possible to send hot water and interrupt it, and then perform the step of sending the remaining hot water (S12 of FIG. 11B). ..
  • all the hot water stored in the storage unit 726 is sent out.
  • the delivery confirmation of the total amount can be performed by the opening time of the solenoid valve 728 (communication time between the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c).
  • the control valve 72d may be opened to supply the storage unit 725 with water corresponding to the amount.
  • the amount of hot water delivered can be adjusted.
  • control for opening and closing the valve is used by using a flow rate sensor and the detection result.
  • a flow rate sensor In order to adjust the delivery amount of the liquid, generally, control for opening and closing the valve is used by using a flow rate sensor and the detection result.
  • a flow rate sensor In the case of a high-temperature liquid or a special liquid, there is a case in which a compatible flow sensor is not commercially available or expensive.
  • the amount of hot water delivered can be adjusted without the need for the flow rate sensor.
  • Example of operation control using a liquid delivery volume controller> By using the liquid delivery amount adjusting device 720, it is possible to further improve the quality of the beverage provided by the beverage manufacturing device 1 by changing a part of the manufacturing process, for example.
  • the control process of the device 1 executed by the processing unit 11a (see FIG. 10) of the control device 11 will be described with reference to FIG.
  • FIG. 10 For the description omitted below, refer to the above-described steps of FIGS. 11A and 11B and the operation content of the liquid delivery amount adjusting device 720 of FIGS. 12 to 14.
  • FIG. 15 shows an example of control related to one coffee beverage manufacturing operation.
  • the preheat treatment S1 is divided into at least two heating steps S101 and S102 (in order to distinguish it from S1 in FIG. 11A, it is referred to as S1 ').
  • S101 is a process of pouring hot water into the extraction container 9 (container body 90) to preheat the extraction container 9.
  • the solenoid valve 728 is controlled to connect the pipe 728a and the pipe 728b to each other, and a small amount of hot water is moved from the storage part 725 to the storage part 726.
  • the solenoid valve 728 is controlled to connect the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c, and the hot water in the storage portion 726 is sent to the extraction container 9 via the pipe L3.
  • the electromagnetic valve 73 is controlled to pressurize the inside of the extraction container 9 and discharge the hot water in the extraction container 9 to the waste tank T.
  • S102 is a process of supplying the steam generated in the storage sections 725 and 726 into the container body 90 to heat the extraction container 9.
  • This steam can be generated by decompressing the insides of the storage parts 725 and 726 to boil the hot water in the storage parts 725 and 726, and can be realized by the same procedure as S15 (see FIG. 11B).
  • the electromagnetic valve 728 is controlled to disconnect the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c.
  • the entire extraction container 9 can be heated uniformly. This makes it possible, for example, to extract a uniform liquid from ground beans at a desired temperature, and as a result the quality of the beverage can be improved. Further, in S102, the atmospheric pressure of the reservoirs 725 and 726 drops, and the liquid therein begins to boil, so that the liquid can be agitated to make the temperature uniform.
  • the pipe L3 that functions as a connecting portion that connects the storage units 725 and 726 and the extraction container 9 and that forms a flow path between them is also heated together with the extraction container 9 in S102. .. Thereby, when the liquid passes through the pipe L3, the liquid does not cool.
  • the extraction container 9 has the valves 903 and 913, which are hot water as a liquid used for the extraction, a beverage liquid (coffee liquid in this example) obtained by the extraction, or S102. Acts as an inlet or outlet for the steam used to heat the.
  • S102 steam flows into the extraction container 9 through the valve 913 and flows out of the extraction container 9 through the valve 903.
  • the valve 903 is opened, so that when this vapor is liquefied in the extraction container 9 to become a liquid, the liquid is extracted. It is possible to flow out of the extraction container 9 through the valve 903 without staying inside for a long time.
  • the taste of the beverage, the flavor, etc. are not unintentionally diluted, which is advantageous for improving the quality of the beverage. is there.
  • both the valves 903 and 913 may be closed and the extraction container 9 may be vibrated.
  • Generation of vibration in the extraction container 9 can be realized by the motors 823 and / or 824 (see FIG. 9) of the middle unit 8B.
  • the extraction container 9 may be heated with steam in place of / in addition to S102 above before S101. That is, the execution order of S101 and S102 may be reversed, and S102 may be performed twice before and after S101. By performing S102 before S101, it may be easier to remove the residue generated in the previous or past extraction in S101.
  • the main extraction pouring S12 is divided into at least two pouring steps S121 and S122.
  • S121 which is the first pouring, is performed after S11 and before S13.
  • S13 to S16 are performed in the same procedure as in FIG.
  • the ground beans to be extracted are deposited in the upright posture extraction container 9 with a relatively thin deposition thickness, and the ground beans are immersed in the hot water supplied in S121. ..
  • the hot water in the extraction container 9 is boiled, and in S16, the extraction container 9 is inverted to be in the inverted posture, and after S17 / S17, the second pouring of S122 is performed.
  • S122 is shown to be performed after S17, but preferably S122 is performed substantially simultaneously with S17 after the start of S17.
  • S17 may be performed substantially simultaneously with S122 after the start of S122. That is, S122 and S17 may be performed at least partially in parallel, and may be combined into one process K, such as a pouring and delivering process.
  • the extraction container 9 when the extraction container 9 is in the upright posture, the ground beans are accumulated from the body portion 90e to the bottom portion 90f, whereas when the extraction container 9 is in the inverted posture, the ground beans are in the shoulder portion 90d.
  • the extraction container 9 includes a thick portion extending from the body portion 90e to the bottom portion 90f and a thin portion extending from the shoulder portion 90d to the neck portion 90b, and ground beans are deposited on the thick portion in the upright posture, In the inverted posture, it accumulates on the narrow portion.
  • the extraction container 9 During the transparent extraction in S17, the extraction container 9 is in the inverted posture, so that the hot water in the extraction container 9 passes through the ground beans accumulated thicker than in the upright posture, thereby Since the contacts are evenly distributed, it is possible to achieve high efficiency of the transmissive extraction.
  • S122 which is the second pouring, is performed together with S17
  • the extraction container 9 delivers the beverage liquid obtained by the immersion type extraction with the hot water received in S121, while additionally adding the hot water in S122. You will receive it.
  • the hot water additionally flown into the extraction container 9 in S122 is not substantially used for the immersion extraction, but is mainly used for the permeation extraction. According to such an extraction mode, it is possible to effectively give the beverage the unique taste of the transmissive extraction, and it is possible to improve the quality of the beverage.
  • the amount of pouring in S121 and the amount of pouring in S122 may be set or changed by, for example, the user, that is, the ratio between immersion extraction and permeation extraction may be adjustable. Thereby, it may be possible to manufacture a drink with the quality according to a user's taste.
  • FIGS. 16 (a) to 16 (h) and FIGS. 17 (i) to 17 (o) are schematic diagrams for explaining the control mode of the liquid delivery amount adjusting device 720 in correspondence with each step of FIG. 15 described above. It is a figure.
  • the solenoid valve 728 that is a three-way valve is a valve that switches between communication and cutoff between the pipe 728a and the pipe 728b.
  • 7281 and a valve 7282 for switching communication and cutoff between the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c are shown separately.
  • FIG. 16 (a) shows the initial state of the liquid delivery amount adjusting device 720, and the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 is waiting for the start instruction of beverage manufacturing.
  • the initial state as schematically shown in the figure, both the valves 7281 and 7282 are closed.
  • FIGS. 16 (b) to 16 (c) show modes of the liquid feed rate adjusting device 720 corresponding to the above S101 (heat treatment of the extraction container 9 using a small amount of hot water).
  • the valve 7281 is opened, and a small amount of hot water is moved from the storage section 725 to the storage section 726 as illustrated by the broken line arrow.
  • the valve 7228 is opened and the hot water in the storage portion 726 is supplied to the extraction container 9 as illustrated by the broken line arrow.
  • the inside of the extraction container 9 and the pipes L2 to L3 are heated.
  • 16 (d) to 16 (e) show modes of the liquid delivery amount adjusting device 720 corresponding to the above S102 (heat treatment of the extraction container 9 using steam).
  • the pressure in the storage parts 725 and 726 is reduced to boil the hot water in the storage parts 725 and 726, and thus the steam is generated in the storage parts 725 and 726. Since the valve 7282 is in the open state, the generated steam is supplied to the extraction container 9 via the pipe 728c as shown by the broken line arrow.
  • the heater 72a (see FIG. 12) is driven. Then, in the process of FIG.16 (e), the valve 7282 is closed and the supply of the vapor
  • FIGS. 16 (f) to 16 (h) show modes of the liquid delivery amount adjusting device 720 corresponding to the preparation process for executing the extraction process S3 '.
  • the valve 7281 is opened in the process of FIG.
  • One cup of hot water for example, about 180 cc
  • the valve 7281 is closed in the step of FIG.
  • the amount of one cup may be preset or selected by the user, may be determined based on the size of the cup placed on the placing unit 110, or may be a fixed value. Good.
  • the grinding process S2 may be performed in parallel during the steps of FIG. 16 (f) to FIG. 16 (h), whereby the time until the production of the beverage is completed may be increased. It can be shortened.
  • FIG. 17 (i) to FIG. 17 (j) show modes of the liquid delivery amount adjusting device 720 corresponding to the pouring water S11.
  • the valve 7282 is opened in the step of FIG. 17I, and after a predetermined time has elapsed, the valve 7282 is closed in the step of FIG. 17J.
  • a part (for example, about 30 cc) of the hot water stored in the storage unit 726 will flow into the extraction container 9 for the steaming of S11, as shown by the dashed arrow.
  • FIG. 17 (k) to FIG. 17 (l) show aspects of the liquid delivery amount adjusting device 720 corresponding to the first main extraction pouring S121.
  • the valve 7282 is opened in the step of FIG. 17 (k), and after a predetermined time has elapsed, the valve 7282 is closed in the step of FIG. 17 (l).
  • a part for example, about 40 cc
  • S13 to S17 are performed after the step of FIG. 17 (l). Although details will be described later, in S13 of this example, the molten metal is poured (for example, about 30 cc) together with the pressurization in the extraction container 9.
  • FIG. 17 (m) shows a mode of the liquid delivery amount adjusting device 720 corresponding to the second main-purification pouring S122.
  • the remaining hot water for example, about 80 cc
  • the storage part 726 additionally flows into the extraction container 9 as shown by the dashed arrow.
  • S122 is performed substantially at the same time as S17, and the hot water flowing into the extraction container 9 here is mainly used for the permeation type extraction without being substantially used for the immersion type extraction.
  • the step S17 is completed.
  • the steam in the storage parts 725 and 726 can be generated by the same procedure as in S102 (steps of FIGS. 16D to 16E). That is, in the step of FIG. 17 (n), the insides of the storage parts 725 and 726 are depressurized and the hot water is boiled to generate steam in the storage parts 725 and 726, and the steam is supplied to the extraction container 9 through the pipe 728c. Supply. At that time, as in the step of FIG.
  • the hot water in the storage parts 725 and 726 is appropriately stirred, and the heater 72a can be driven if necessary.
  • the valve 7282 is closed to stop the supply of the steam.
  • the inside of the extraction container 9 can be adjusted to, for example, about 1.6 to 2 atm.
  • FIG. 18 is a diagram for explaining the manner of change in atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9 during the extraction process S3 '.
  • the horizontal axis represents the time axis, showing the periods T1 to T11 and also showing steps (S11 and the like) corresponding to the periods T1 to T11.
  • the vertical axis represents the atmospheric pressure (or pressure) P in the extraction container 9 in each of the periods T1 to T11.
  • the periods T1 and T2 are periods corresponding to the pouring S11 for steaming.
  • the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized to about 1.8 atm, and hot water for steaming (about 30 cc) flows into the extraction container 9.
  • the timing of the hot water flowing into the extraction container 9 may be any time during the period T1, but may be set or selected in advance by the user, or may be changed depending on the type of beverage. Then, the ground beans are steamed with this hot water. This period (about 15 seconds) is referred to as a period T2.
  • the period T3 is a period corresponding to the first pouring S121.
  • the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized to 3 atm, and hot water for main extraction (about 40 cc) is flown into the extraction container 9 as S121.
  • the period T4 is a period corresponding to the pressurization S13 in the extraction container 9.
  • the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized to 5 atm, and hot water (about 30 cc) flows into the extraction container 9.
  • the pouring amount can be adjusted between the periods T3 and T4, and for example, pouring of about 70 cc may be completed in the period T3.
  • the periods T3 and T4 are common in that the molten metal is poured while pressurizing the inside of the extraction container 9, but in the present example, their pressurizing modes are different from each other.
  • the timing between the periods T3 and T4 may be defined as the inflection point of the atmospheric pressure P.
  • the period T5 is a period corresponding to the immersion extraction S14. After reaching 5 atm in the extraction container 9, the state is maintained. This period (about 1 second) is referred to as a period T5. As a result, coffee liquid, which is a beverage, is extracted from the ground beans that are the extraction target.
  • the periods T6 to T8 are periods corresponding to the reduced pressure S15 in the extraction container 9.
  • the pressure reduction is performed in two stages.
  • the inside of the extraction container 9 is depressurized from 5 atm to 1.5 atm (rapid depressurization) in a relatively short period of time, and thereafter, a standby is performed for a predetermined period (about 3 seconds).
  • a standby is performed for a predetermined period (about 3 seconds).
  • the inside of the extraction container 9 is depressurized to 1 atm, and then, the process stands by for a predetermined period (about 1 second).
  • the liquid in the extraction container 9 is boiled and stirred by the reduced pressure S15.
  • a part of the liquid in the extraction container 9 is boiled and agitated by the first-stage decompression of the period T6, and then the extraction container is decompressed by the second-stage decompression of the period T7.
  • the other part of the liquid in 9 can also be boiled and stirred. Therefore, for example, it becomes possible to appropriately stir the entire liquid in the extraction container 9, which may be advantageous when, for example, the extracted beverage liquid has unevenness in concentration, composition, or the like.
  • the inside of the extraction container 9 is returned to 1.5 atmospheric pressure to stabilize the boiling and a liquid (for example, about 5 cc) that can remain in the flow paths (pipes L2, L3, etc.) is pushed into the extraction container 9.
  • a liquid for example, about 5 cc
  • the period T9 is the inversion S16 of the extraction container 9 and the waiting period thereafter (about 2 seconds).
  • the timing of starting the period T9 corresponds to the timing of executing the inversion S16.
  • the ground beans to be extracted are accumulated in the lower portion of the extraction container 9 with a relatively large deposition thickness in the extraction container 9 inverted in S16.
  • the pressure inside the extraction container 9 is reduced to 1 atm.
  • the period T10 to T11 is a period corresponding to the transparent extraction S17, whereby the beverage is delivered from the extraction container 9 to the cup.
  • the second pouring of water S122 is performed almost simultaneously with S17, whereby the hot water (about 80 cc) additionally flowing into the extraction container 9 is mainly used for the permeation extraction.
  • the extraction container 9 is pressurized to 1.6 atm after, for example, S122 in the period T10, and the extraction container 9 is pressurized to 2 atm in the subsequent period T11 to promote the delivery of the beverage. It is assumed that during the period T10, the delivery of the beverage is promoted by using the vapors of the storage sections 725 and 726, and during the period T11, the delivery of the beverage is promoted by using the air pressure from the compressor 70. This makes it possible to provide all of the beverage to be delivered (including the liquid in the flow path) to the cup properly and in a relatively short time.
  • FIG. 19 is a diagram in which a broken line is added to FIG. 18 with a waveform showing the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 (a state of change in the amount of hot water) that changes with time. In this example, a total of about 185 cc of beverage will be provided.
  • Period T1 Steaming pouring process
  • Period T2 Steaming process
  • Period T3 The first pouring process
  • Period T4 pressurizing step
  • Period T5 high pressure immersion step
  • Period T6 a rapid depressurization step after high pressure immersion
  • Period T7 a rapid depressurization step after the standby state
  • Period T8 Standby step for waiting for the liquid remaining in the flow path to flow into the extraction container 9
  • Period T9 container posture changing process (container inversion process)
  • Period T10 second pouring process, Beverage delivery process (first half), or
  • the periods T1 to T11 are schematically illustrated with equal lengths, but these can be displayed on the actual information display device 12 at intervals corresponding to the actual time length (described later). The same shall apply to other figures.).
  • FIG. 19 in addition to the target values (or set values) of the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 which change with the passage of time, information display is shown as to how those actual values are changing. It may be additionally plotted on the device 12 (see FIG. 1, etc.). Accordingly, when the user is a purchaser of a beverage or the like, it may be possible to make the user stand by without getting tired. In addition, when the user is an administrator of the device 1 or the like, the user may be able to confirm whether or not the production of the beverage by the device 1 is appropriately executed.
  • FIG. 20 the actual values of the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 are overlapped with the target value over time (in real time) as the information that can be displayed on the information display device 12 during the production of the beverage.
  • the plot is shown. That is, FIG. 20 is a waveform added to FIG. 19 showing a state of changes in the actual values of the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9. These actual values can be measured as actual measured values by the pressure sensor and the temperature sensor.
  • the solid line shows the mode of change of the target value of the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9 when extracting one cup of beverage
  • the alternate long and short dash line shows the mode of change of the measured value of the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9.
  • the broken line shows the variation of the target value of the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9, and the two-dot chain line shows the variation of the measured value of the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9.
  • the process at the present time is in the middle of the period T6 (S15), and the measured values of the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 are plotted from the period T1 to that time (the middle of the period T6).
  • the actual measured value of the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9 at this time is 1.2 atmospheric pressure
  • the actual measured value of the amount of hot water is 100 cc.
  • the actual measurement values are continuously plotted in the subsequent steps. According to such a display mode, when the actual measurement value does not reach the target value or when the actual measurement value largely deviates from the target value, the user generates a leak in the flow channel and forms the flow channel. It is possible to promptly deal with problems such as each element (pipe, valve, etc.)
  • FIG. 20 exemplifies a mode in which the target values of the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 and the changes in the measured values thereof are shown on the information display device 12, but some of them are displayed on the information display device. 12 may be shown.
  • the manner of change may be shown only with respect to the target value and the measured value of the atmospheric pressure, or the manner of change with only the target value and the actually measured value of the amount of hot water may be shown.
  • the calculation result of the target value and the actual measurement value (for example, the state of change in the deviation amount thereof) may be shown.
  • the manner of changing the target values of the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 are prepared in advance as a plurality of patterns, and the user can also select one of them from his or her preference. ..
  • the information indicating the plurality of patterns may be stored in advance in, for example, the storage unit 11b (see FIG. 10), or may be acquired from the server 16 via the communication network 15.
  • the above selection by the user can be realized by the information display device 12 which is a touch panel type display.
  • changes in the target value and the measured value of the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 are displayed on the information display device 12 over the entire period T1 to T11.
  • the information indicating the can be stored in, for example, the storage unit 11b. Therefore, the user can display the information again by performing a predetermined operation via the information display device 12 as needed. Thereby, the user can also confirm changes in the target value and the actually measured value, for example, during beverage manufacturing performed in the past.
  • FIG. 21 shows all of a series of changes in the measured values of the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 after completion of the extraction (after completion of beverage production), that is, after the period T11 (after S17 and S122). Indicates that is plotted.
  • the information indicating the plot result can be read from the storage unit 11b at any timing by a predetermined operation input by the user after being stored in the storage unit 11b, that is, the user can read the plot result as necessary. It can be displayed again on the display device 12.
  • the user can refer to the plot result as a past beverage manufacturing history and use it as a beverage manufacturing recipe. .
  • the above plot results shall be displayed here in line graph format (line / curve graph format or timing chart format in a broad sense) with the horizontal axis as the time axis.
  • the plot results are displayed on the information display device 12 which is a touch panel type display, so that the user performs a predetermined operation input on the information display device 12 to determine the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9.
  • the target value of can be changed to a desired value.
  • the operation input to the information display device 12 includes a touch operation, and typical examples thereof include a tap operation, a flick operation, a swipe operation, a pinch-in operation (pinch operation), a pinch-out operation (stretch operation), and a slide operation.
  • the concept of the tap operation includes a double tap operation, a long tap operation, and the like.
  • FIG. 22 shows, as an example, a mode in which the target value of the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9 in the period T2 (steaming step S11) is changed.
  • a touch operation is input to the line graph of the target value in response to the operation input for starting the change of the target value. It becomes possible.
  • the line graph of the actual measurement value may be hidden or the display mode (for example, display color, density, etc.) may be changed.
  • the user inputs a downward flick operation starting from a point P1 indicating the target value (1.8 atmospheric pressure) in the period T2 to the target value line graph, thereby setting the target value. It can be changed to a low value (for example, 1.5 atm).
  • a light gray solid line shows a line graph showing the target value before the change of the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9.
  • the target value shall be changed to a higher value.
  • the target value is changed based on the operation amount. For example, when the operation amount is increased, the target value is changed largely.
  • the user can display a plot result, which is a past beverage manufacturing history, as a line graph on the information display device 12, and then can perform a predetermined operation input on the displayed line graph.
  • the user can change the target value to a desired value and use the changed target value as a beverage manufacturing recipe for newly manufacturing a beverage on another occasion. That is, the user can change the manufacturing process including the extraction step to a desired mode by referring to the past beverage manufacturing history, and can newly manufacture the beverage with the quality according to the taste.
  • the information indicating the changed target value (or line graph) can be stored in the storage unit 11b, and the line graph indicating the changed target value is displayed on the information display device 12 by a predetermined operation by the user thereafter. It can be displayed again.
  • FIG. 22 exemplifies a mode in which the target value of the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9 is changed, but the change target is not limited to this.
  • FIG. 23 shows, as another example, a mode in which the length of the period T2 is changed.
  • the user performs a leftward flick operation on the line graph starting from the point P2. Can be entered.
  • the point P2 corresponds to the boundary between the periods T2-T3 in FIG.
  • the length of the period T2 is changed from 15 seconds to 10 seconds, for example.
  • the point P2 is on the line of the line graph in the figure, the point P2 may be on the boundary of the period T2-T3 of FIG. 22 and may not be on the line of the line graph.
  • a line graph showing the target value before the change of the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9 is shown by a light gray solid line
  • a line graph showing the target value before the change of the amount of hot water is shown by a light gray broken line.
  • shortening the period T2 lengthens the period T3, and the mode of the first pouring S121 is changed.
  • the amount of increase in the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9 per unit time becomes smaller, and the amount of pouring metal into the extraction container 9 per unit time becomes smaller, that is, the pressure and the pouring temperature are relatively moderately increased. It will be.
  • the change target may be a target value of the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9.
  • the user performs a downward flick operation starting from the point P3 on the line graph. Can be entered.
  • a point P3 shows a target value of the amount of hot water in the periods T5 to T6.
  • the target value is changed from 100 cc to 90 cc, for example.
  • a line graph showing the target value before the change regarding the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 is shown by a light gray broken line.
  • the user can refer to the past beverage manufacturing history and change the manufacturing process to a desired mode for each step and each item, and can make various changes in the same procedure.
  • the user can change the target value in the periods T1 to T11 and / or the individual lengths of the periods T1 to T11, and also can change other parameters.
  • the target value of the hot water temperature in the container 9 can be changed.
  • FIG. 25 shows the target value of the hot water temperature in the extraction container 9 in the periods T1 to T11 as another parameter displayed on the information display device 12.
  • the user can change the target value of the hot water temperature to a desired value in order to make the taste, flavor, etc. of the beverage a favorite one.
  • the hot water in the water tank 72 can be cooled by supplying cold water into the water tank 72, or the hot water in the water tank 72 can be heated by driving the heater 72a. Then, by flowing the cooled or heated hot water into the extraction container 9, the measured value of the hot water temperature in the extraction container 9 can be brought close to the target value.
  • the actual measured value of the hot water temperature can be measured by providing a temperature sensor inside the extraction container 9.
  • the measured value of the hot water temperature thus measured can be superimposed on the target value of the hot water temperature during the beverage production and plotted with the passage of time, as in FIG.
  • the information indicating the plot result of the hot water temperature is stored in the storage unit 11b like the plot result of the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9, and can be read from the storage unit 11b by a predetermined operation by the user.
  • the plot results are displayed on the information display device 12 in a line graph format with the horizontal axis as the time axis, but they can be displayed in other formats.
  • Examples of other display formats include flat data (also referred to as a list, a table, etc.) displayed in a matrix format.
  • the display format can be switched at any timing, and may be performed, for example, before the start of the beverage production (before the period T1) or during the beverage production (between the periods T1 and T11). Alternatively, it may be performed after the completion of the beverage production (after the period T11).
  • FIG. 26 shows the flat data D11 before the start of beverage production (before the period T1), that is, the flat data D11 corresponding to FIG. 19 in which the actual measurement value is not displayed.
  • FIG. 27 shows the flat data D12 during the production of the beverage (between the periods T1 to T11), that is, the flat data D12 corresponding to FIG.
  • FIG. 28 shows the flat data D13 after the completion of the beverage production (after the period T11), that is, the flat data D13 corresponding to FIG. 21 in which the plot of the actual measurement values is completed.
  • the name of the process corresponding to each of the periods T1 to T11, the time (the length of the period), and the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 during that period are displayed.
  • the target value and the actual measurement value are individually displayed.
  • the actual measurement value is shown as “not yet” for both the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9.
  • the measured values of the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 are different from the progress of the beverage production. It will be displayed accordingly.
  • the actual measurement values are displayed for all the periods T1 to T11 as shown in the flat data D13 of FIG.
  • the target value and actual measurement value of the hot water temperature described with reference to FIG. 25 may also be displayed as the flat data D11 to D13.
  • the change of the target value and the like described with reference to FIGS. 22 to 25 can be realized in the display mode in the matrix format.
  • the user can make a desired change to a desired item by a predetermined touch operation.
  • the user makes the same change as in FIG. 22 in the display form in the matrix format, by performing a tap operation, a flick operation, or the like for the time “15 seconds” corresponding to the period T2 of the flat data D11.
  • it can be changed to “10 seconds”. That is, the user can change the target value and the like regardless of the display format of the information display device 12.
  • the user can return the changed flat data D11 to the display in the line graph format again, and can visually confirm whether or not the change in the target value is appropriately reflected.
  • the information indicating the changed target value (or line graph or flat data) is stored in the storage unit 11b as a beverage manufacturing recipe, or can be read from the storage unit 11b at any timing by a predetermined operation by the user. To do. Note that a plurality of beverage manufacturing recipes can be stored in the storage unit 11b, and a data name according to flavor or the like can be added to each recipe.
  • the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized in S13 (period T4) to perform the immersion extraction. After that, the pressure is reduced in S15 (period T6 or the like) to stir the beverage liquid and the liquid. Then, the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized in S17 (period T10 or the like), and the beverage obtained by the above stirring is delivered to the cup C.
  • the user can set or change the target value so that the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9 in each step becomes a desired pressure, whereby the quality of the extraction mode, the taste of the beverage, the flavor, etc. associated with the extraction mode can be selected by the user. It becomes possible to improve the quality of the beverage by making it suitable for.
  • the flat data D21 in FIG. 29 is mainly the flat data D21 in that the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9 during the permeation extraction S17 and the second pouring S122 (periods T10 to T11) is relatively low. Different from D11.
  • the flat data D22 of FIG. 30 differs from the flat data D11 mainly in that the steaming step S11 (periods T1 and T2) is omitted and the first pouring S121 (period T3) is performed relatively long. .
  • the flat data D11 in FIG. 32 is different from the flat data D11 mainly in that the atmospheric pressure at the time of depressurization (period T6) in the extraction container 9 after the immersion extraction S14 is made relatively high.
  • the flat data D24 in FIG. 32 is different from the flat data D11 mainly in that the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9 in the immersion extraction S14 is relatively low.
  • the user may select one of these flat data D21 to D24 so that the flavor (bitterness, sourness, etc.) that can be added to the beverage becomes one that suits the taste, or the flat data D11 may be partially combined with the flat data D11. It is also possible to adjust the flavor.
  • the present invention is not limited to the several aspects and examples shown above, and these contents can be combined with each other within a range not departing from the gist of the present invention, and may be partially combined depending on the purpose and the like. May be changed. Further, it is needless to say that the individual terms described in the present specification are merely used for the purpose of explaining the present invention, and the present invention is not limited to the strict meaning of the terms. The equivalent may be included. For example, expressions such as “apparatus” and “part” may be referred to as “unit” and “module”.
  • the coffee beverage is exclusively targeted, but tea such as Japanese tea and black tea, and various beverages such as soup can also be targeted.
  • tea such as Japanese tea and black tea
  • various beverages such as soup can also be targeted.
  • extraction targets coffee beans, green coffee beans, ground coffee beans, roasted coffee beans, ground roasted coffee beans, unroasted coffee beans, unground roasted coffee beans Beans and the like
  • powdered coffee beans, instant coffee, coffee in pods and the like have been exemplified
  • coffee beverages and the like have been exemplified as beverages
  • coffee liquids have been exemplified as beverage liquids, but they are not limited thereto.
  • tea leaves such as Japanese tea, black tea, and oolong tea, ground tea leaves, vegetables, crushed vegetables, fruits, crushed fruits, grains, crushed grains, mushrooms such as shiitake mushrooms, mushrooms such as shiitake mushrooms.
  • Shredded mushrooms dried mushrooms such as shiitake mushrooms, dried mushrooms, dried mushrooms such as shiitake mushrooms, shredded fish, such as bonito, crushed fish such as bonito, bonito Heated fish such as kelp, dried fish such as bonito, crushed fish, seaweed such as kelp, seaweed such as kelp, heated seaweed such as kelp
  • a product dried afterwards a product obtained by crushing a product dried after heating seaweeds such as kelp, a product dried after heating meat such as cow, pig, bird, etc., a product dried after heating the meat etc.
  • any beverage such as Japanese tea, black tea, oolong tea, vegetable juice, fruit juice, soup, soup, soup, etc. can be used, and as the beverage liquid, Japanese tea extract, black tea extract, oolong tea extract, vegetable extract
  • the extract may be fruit extract, mushroom extract, fish extract, meat extract, bone extract or the like.
  • water, tap water, purified water, hot water, and wash water are described. However, for example, water may be replaced with hot water, hot water may be replaced with water, etc.
  • the extraction target for example, roasted coffee beans ground beans
  • the extraction target for example, roasted coffee beans ground beans
  • cold water for example, water may be used.
  • It may be replaced with the description such as putting it in the extraction container 9, and in this case, it may be regarded as a method for extracting brewed coffee or the like or a beverage manufacturing apparatus.
  • a first pressurizing step for example, S13, T4 for pressurizing the inside of the extraction container (for example, 9) in which the extraction target and the liquid (for example, hot water) are stored
  • a decompression step of decompressing the inside of the extraction container for example
  • the inside of the extraction container is pressurized to a first pressure (for example, 3 atm)
  • a second pressure for example, 1.6 to 2 atm
  • the first pressure is higher than the second pressure
  • the inside of the extraction container is pressurized by sending steam into the extraction container, Is an extraction method characterized by As a result, the vapor spreads evenly in the extraction container, and it becomes possible to uniformly heat the entire extraction container.
  • the depressurizing step is performed by releasing the inside of the extraction container to the atmosphere, Is an extraction method characterized by This makes it possible to decompress the inside of the extraction container relatively easily.
  • a steaming step (for example, S11, T2) of steaming the extraction target of the extraction container by pressurizing the inside of the extraction container is included.
  • S11, T2 steaming the extraction target of the extraction container by pressurizing the inside of the extraction container.
  • a posture changing step (for example, S16, T9) of changing the posture of the extraction container while maintaining the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container is included. Is an extraction method characterized by As a result, it may be possible to attract the user's interest and entertain the user.
  • the first pressurizing step extracting the beverage liquid from the extraction target
  • the depressurizing step the liquid is boiled to stir the liquid and the beverage liquid
  • a beverage formed by stirring the liquid and the beverage liquid is delivered from the extraction container
  • An extraction device for example, 3) for extracting a beverage liquid (for example, coffee liquid) from an extraction target (for example, ground beans), First pressurizing means (for example, S13, 73b, etc.) for pressurizing the inside of the extraction container (for example, 9) containing the extraction target and the liquid (for example, hot water), Decompression means for decompressing the inside of the extraction container (eg, S15, 73c, etc.), A second pressurizing unit (for example, S17, 73b, etc.) for pressurizing the inside of the extraction container, Is an extraction device characterized in that By changing the pressure in the brewing container, the quality of the brewing mode and the accompanying taste, flavor, etc. of the beverage can be adjusted according to the user's taste, thereby improving the quality of the beverage.
  • First pressurizing means for example, S13, 73b, etc.
  • Decompression means for decompressing the inside of the extraction container (eg, S15, 73c, etc.)
  • the first pressurizing means pressurizes the inside of the extraction container to a first pressure (for example, 3 atm)
  • the second pressurizing means pressurizes the inside of the extraction container to a second pressure (for example, 1.6 to 2 atm)
  • the first pressure is higher than the second pressure
  • the second pressurizing means pressurizes the inside of the extraction container by sending steam into the extraction container.
  • the extraction device Is an extraction device characterized in that As a result, the vapor spreads evenly in the extraction container, and it becomes possible to uniformly heat the entire extraction container.
  • the decompression means decompresses the inside of the extraction container by releasing the inside of the extraction container to the atmosphere, Is an extraction device characterized in that This makes it possible to decompress the inside of the extraction container relatively easily.
  • a steaming means for example, S11, 72i etc. for steaming the extraction target of the extraction container by pressurizing the inside of the extraction container.
  • a steaming means for example, S11, 72i etc.
  • a posture changing means for example, S16, 8, 8B for changing the posture of the extraction container while maintaining the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container. Is an extraction device characterized in that As a result, it may be possible to attract the user's interest and entertain the user.
  • the first pressurizing means extracts the beverage liquid from the extraction target by the pressurization in the extraction container
  • the decompression means boil the liquid by the decompression in the extraction container to stir the liquid and the beverage liquid
  • the second pressurizing means delivers a beverage (for example, a coffee beverage) formed by stirring the beverage liquid and the liquid from the extraction container by the pressurization in the extraction container.
  • a beverage for example, a coffee beverage

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Food Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Apparatus For Making Beverages (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention improves the quality of a beverage. One aspect of the present invention relates to an extraction method. The extraction method is an extraction method for extracting a beverage liquid from an extraction target, the method being characterized by comprising a first pressurizing step for pressurizing the inside of an extraction container containing the extraction target and a liquid, a decompression step for decompressing the inside of the extraction container, and a second pressurizing step for pressurizing the inside of the extraction container.

Description

抽出方法および抽出装置Extraction method and extraction device
　本発明は飲料の製造技術、主に飲料液の抽出方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a beverage manufacturing technique, mainly a beverage liquid extraction method.
　コーヒー飲料等を製造する飲料製造装置が提案されている（例えば特許文献１～３）。 A beverage production device for producing coffee beverages has been proposed (for example, Patent Documents 1 to 3).
特開平０５－０８１５４４号公報Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 05-081544 特開２００３－０２４７０３号公報JP, 2003-024703, A 特開２０１３－６６６９７号公報JP, 2013-66697, A
　飲料の味、風味等の品質を高めるため、飲料製造装置の各要素の制御等、多様な側面での改善が求められており、その一側面として飲料液の抽出態様が挙げられる。 In order to enhance the quality of beverage such as taste and flavor, improvement in various aspects such as control of each element of the beverage manufacturing device is required, and one aspect is the extraction mode of the beverage liquid.
　本発明は、飲料の品質を向上させることを例示的目的とする。 The present invention has an exemplary object to improve the quality of beverages.
　本発明の一側面は抽出方法に係り、前記抽出方法は、抽出対象から飲料液を抽出する抽出方法であって、前記抽出対象と液体とが収容された抽出容器内を加圧する第一の加圧工程と、前記抽出容器内を減圧する減圧工程と、前記抽出容器内を加圧する第二の加圧工程と、を含む、ことを特徴とする。 One aspect of the present invention relates to an extraction method, wherein the extraction method is an extraction method for extracting a beverage liquid from an extraction target, and a first addition for pressurizing the inside of an extraction container in which the extraction target and a liquid are stored. It is characterized by including a pressure step, a decompression step of decompressing the inside of the extraction container, and a second pressurization step of pressurizing the inside of the extraction container.
　本発明によれば、飲料の品質を向上させることができる。 According to the present invention, the quality of beverages can be improved.
飲料製造装置の外観図。The external view of a beverage manufacturing apparatus. 図１の飲料製造装置の部分正面視図。The partial front view of the beverage manufacturing apparatus of FIG. 図１の飲料製造装置の機能の概要図。The schematic diagram of the function of the drink manufacturing apparatus of FIG. 分離装置の一部破断斜視図。The partially broken perspective view of a separation apparatus. 駆動ユニット及び抽出容器の斜視図。The perspective view of a drive unit and an extraction container. 図５の抽出容器の閉状態及び開状態を示す図。The figure which shows the closed state and open state of the extraction container of FIG. 上部ユニット及び下部ユニットの一部の構成を示す正面図。The front view which shows a part structure of an upper unit and a lower unit. 図７の縦断面図。FIG. 8 is a vertical sectional view of FIG. 7. 中部ユニットの模式図。The schematic diagram of a central part unit. 図１の飲料製造装置の制御装置のブロック図。The block diagram of the control apparatus of the beverage manufacturing apparatus of FIG. （Ａ）及び（Ｂ）は制御装置が実行する制御例を示すフローチャート。(A) And (B) is a flow chart which shows the example of control which a control device performs. 水タンクとして機能可能な送液量調節装置の構成例を示す模式図。The schematic diagram which shows the structural example of the liquid delivery amount adjusting device which can function as a water tank. 送液量調節装置の断面構造の例を示す模式図。The schematic diagram which shows the example of the cross-section of a liquid delivery amount adjusting device. 送液量調節装置の幾つかの動作例を示す図。The figure which shows some operation examples of a liquid delivery amount adjustment device. 制御装置が実行する制御例を示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows the example of control which a control apparatus performs. 飲料の製造プロセスにおける送液量調節装置の動作態様を示す図。The figure which shows the operation aspect of the liquid delivery amount adjustment apparatus in the manufacturing process of a drink. 飲料の製造プロセスにおける送液量調節装置の動作態様を示す図。The figure which shows the operation aspect of the liquid delivery amount adjustment apparatus in the manufacturing process of a drink. 飲料の製造プロセスにおける抽出容器内の気圧の変化態様を示す図。The figure which shows the change aspect of the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container in the manufacturing process of a drink. 飲料の製造プロセスにおける抽出容器内の気圧およびお湯の量の変化態様を示す図。The figure which shows the mode of change of the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in an extraction container in the manufacturing process of a drink. 飲料の製造プロセスにおける抽出容器内の気圧およびお湯の量の目標値および実測値の変化態様を示す図。The figure which shows the mode of change of the target value of the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container in the manufacturing process of a drink, and the amount of hot water, and an actual measurement value. 飲料の製造プロセスにおける抽出容器内の気圧およびお湯の量の目標値および実測値の変化態様を示す図。The figure which shows the mode of change of the target value of the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container in the manufacturing process of a drink, and the amount of hot water, and an actual measurement value. 飲料の製造プロセスにおける所定の目標値の変更方法の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the changing method of the predetermined target value in the manufacturing process of a drink. 飲料の製造プロセスにおける所定の目標値の変更方法の他の例を示す図。The figure which shows the other example of the method of changing the predetermined target value in the manufacturing process of a drink. 飲料の製造プロセスにおける所定の目標値の変更方法の他の例を示す図。The figure which shows the other example of the method of changing the predetermined target value in the manufacturing process of a drink. 飲料の製造プロセスにおける所定の目標値の変更方法の他の例を示す図。The figure which shows the other example of the method of changing the predetermined target value in the manufacturing process of a drink. 図１９に対応するフラットデータの例を示す図。The figure which shows the example of the flat data corresponding to FIG. 図２０に対応するフラットデータの例を示す図。FIG. 21 is a diagram showing an example of flat data corresponding to FIG. 20. 図２１に対応するフラットデータの例を示す図。FIG. 22 is a diagram showing an example of flat data corresponding to FIG. 21. フラットデータの他の例を示す図。The figure which shows the other example of flat data. フラットデータの他の例を示す図。The figure which shows the other example of flat data. フラットデータの他の例を示す図。The figure which shows the other example of flat data. フラットデータの他の例を示す図。The figure which shows the other example of flat data.
　図面を参照して本発明の実施形態について説明する。 Embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
　＜１．飲料製造装置の概要＞
　図１は飲料製造装置１の外観図である。本実施形態の飲料製造装置１は、焙煎コーヒー豆と液体（ここでは水）からコーヒー飲料を自動製造する装置であり、一回の製造動作につき、コップ一杯分のコーヒー飲料を製造可能である。原料となる焙煎コーヒー豆は、キャニスタ４０に収容可能である。飲料製造装置１の下部にはカップの載置部１１０が設けられており、製造されたコーヒー飲料は注ぎ部１０ｃからカップへ注がれる。 <1. Outline of beverage manufacturing equipment>
FIG. 1 is an external view of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1. The beverage production apparatus 1 of the present embodiment is an apparatus for automatically producing a coffee beverage from roasted coffee beans and a liquid (here, water), and can produce one cup of coffee beverage per one production operation. . The roasted coffee beans that are the raw material can be stored in the canister 40. A cup placing portion 110 is provided in the lower portion of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1, and the manufactured coffee beverage is poured into the cup from the pouring portion 10c.
　飲料製造装置１は、その外装を形成して内部機構を囲包するハウジング１００を備える。ハウジング１００は、本体部１０１と、飲料製造装置１の正面の一部及び側面の一部を覆うカバー部１０２とに大別される。カバー部１０２には情報表示装置１２が設けられている。情報表示装置１２は本実施形態の場合、タッチパネル式のディスプレイであり、各種の情報の表示の他、装置の管理者や飲料の需要者の入力を受け付けることが可能である。情報表示装置１２は、移動機構１２ａを介してカバー部１０２に取付けられており、移動機構１２ａによって上下方向に一定の範囲で移動可能である。 The beverage manufacturing device 1 includes a housing 100 that forms an exterior thereof and surrounds an internal mechanism. The housing 100 is roughly divided into a main body 101 and a cover 102 that covers a part of the front surface and a part of the side surface of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1. An information display device 12 is provided on the cover portion 102. In the case of the present embodiment, the information display device 12 is a touch panel type display, and in addition to displaying various types of information, it is possible to receive inputs from the manager of the device and the drink consumer. The information display device 12 is attached to the cover unit 102 via the moving mechanism 12a, and can be moved in the vertical direction within a certain range by the moving mechanism 12a.
　カバー部１０２には、また、豆投入口１０３と、豆投入口１０３を開閉する扉１０３ａが設けられている。開閉扉１０３を開放して豆投入口１０３へ、キャニスタ４０に収容されている焙煎コーヒー豆とは別の焙煎コーヒー豆を、投入することが可能となっている。これにより飲料の需要者に特別な一杯を提供することが可能である。 The cover 102 is also provided with a bean input port 103 and a door 103a for opening and closing the bean input port 103. By opening the opening / closing door 103, it is possible to put roasted coffee beans different from the roasted coffee beans stored in the canister 40 into the bean charging port 103. This makes it possible to provide consumers with special drinks with special drinks.
　カバー部１０２は、本実施形態の場合、アクリルやガラスなどの透光性を有する材料で形成されており、その全体が透過部とされた透明カバーを構成している。このため、カバー部１０２に覆われたその内側の機構が外部から視認可能となっている。本実施形態の場合、コーヒー飲料を製造する製造部の一部がカバー部１０２を透して視認可能となっている。本体部１０１は本実施形態の場合その全体が非透過部とされており、その内部を外部から視認困難である。 In the case of the present embodiment, the cover portion 102 is made of a translucent material such as acrylic or glass, and the entire cover portion constitutes a transparent cover. Therefore, the mechanism inside the cover 102 is visible from the outside. In the case of the present embodiment, a part of the manufacturing unit that manufactures the coffee beverage is visible through the cover unit 102. In the case of the present embodiment, the entire main body 101 is a non-transparent portion, and it is difficult to visually recognize the inside from the outside.
　図２は、飲料製造装置１の部分正面図であって、飲料製造装置１の正面視でユーザが視認可能な製造部の一部を示す図である。カバー部１０２や情報表示装置１２は想像線で図示されている。 FIG. 2 is a partial front view of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1, and is a diagram showing a part of the manufacturing section which can be visually recognized by the user when the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 is viewed from the front. The cover portion 102 and the information display device 12 are shown in phantom lines.
　飲料製造装置１の正面部におけるハウジング１００は、本体部１０１と、その外側（前方側）のカバー部１０２との二重構造となっている。前後方向で本体部１０１とカバー部１２との間に製造部の一部の機構が配置されており、ユーザがカバー部１０２を介して視認可能である。 The housing 100 in the front part of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 has a double structure of a main body 101 and an outer (front side) cover 102 thereof. A part of the manufacturing unit is arranged in the front-rear direction between the main body unit 101 and the cover unit 12, and is visible to the user through the cover unit 102.
　カバー部１０２を介してユーザが視認可能な製造部の一部の機構は、本実施形態の場合、後述する集合搬送部４２、グラインダ５Ａ、５Ｂ、分離装置６、抽出容器９等である。本体部１０１の正面部には、奥側に窪んだ矩形状の凹部１０１ａが形成されており、抽出容器９等はこの凹部１０１ａ内の奥側に位置している。 In the case of the present embodiment, some of the mechanisms of the manufacturing unit that can be visually recognized by the user through the cover unit 102 are a collective conveying unit 42, grinders 5A and 5B, a separating device 6, an extraction container 9 and the like, which will be described later. A rectangular concave portion 101a that is recessed toward the rear side is formed on the front surface of the main body portion 101, and the extraction container 9 and the like are located on the rear side inside the concave portion 101a.
　カバー部１０２を介して外部からこれらの機構が視認可能であることにより、管理者にとっては点検や動作確認が容易になる場合がある。また、飲料の需要者にとってはコーヒー飲料の製造過程を楽しむことができる場合がある。 The fact that these mechanisms are visible from the outside through the cover 102 may make it easier for the administrator to inspect and confirm the operation. In addition, beverage consumers may be able to enjoy the manufacturing process of coffee beverages.
　なお、カバー部１０２は、その右端部においてヒンジ１０２ａを介して本体部１０１に横開き式に開閉自在に支持されている。カバー部１０２の左端部には、本体部１０１とカバー部１０２とを閉状態に維持する係合部１０２ｂが設けられている。係合部１０２ｂは例えば磁石と鉄の組合せである。管理者はカバー部１０２を開放することで、その内側の上述した製造部の一部の点検等を行うことができる。 The cover 102 is laterally openably supported by the main body 101 via a hinge 102a at the right end thereof. An engagement portion 102b that keeps the main body portion 101 and the cover portion 102 closed is provided at the left end portion of the cover portion 102. The engaging portion 102b is, for example, a combination of a magnet and iron. By opening the cover 102, the administrator can inspect a part of the above-mentioned manufacturing unit inside the cover 102.
　なお、本実施形態の場合、カバー部１０２を横開き式としたが縦開き式（上下開き式）としてもよいし、スライド式としてもよい。また、カバー部１０２が開閉不能な構成であってもよい。 In the case of the present embodiment, the cover part 102 is of the horizontal opening type, but may be of the vertical opening type (vertical opening type) or may be of the sliding type. Further, the cover 102 may not be opened and closed.
　図３は飲料製造装置１の機能の概要図である。飲料製造装置１は、コーヒー飲料の製造部として、豆処理装置２及び抽出装置３を含む。 FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the function of the beverage manufacturing device 1. The beverage manufacturing device 1 includes a bean processing device 2 and a brewing device 3 as a coffee beverage manufacturing unit.
　豆処理装置２は、焙煎コーヒー豆から挽き豆を生成する。抽出装置３は豆処理装置２から供給される挽き豆からコーヒー液を抽出する。抽出装置３は、流体供給ユニット７、後述する駆動ユニット８、抽出容器９及び切替ユニット１０を含む。豆処理装置２から供給される挽き豆は、抽出容器９に投入される。流体供給ユニット７は、抽出容器９にお湯を投入する。抽出容器９内で挽き豆からコーヒー液が抽出される。抽出されたコーヒー液を含むお湯が切替ユニット１０を介してコーヒー飲料としてコップＣに送出される。 Bean processing device 2 generates ground beans from roasted coffee beans. The extraction device 3 extracts the coffee liquid from the ground beans supplied from the bean processing device 2. The extraction device 3 includes a fluid supply unit 7, a drive unit 8, which will be described later, an extraction container 9, and a switching unit 10. The ground beans supplied from the bean processing device 2 are put into the extraction container 9. The fluid supply unit 7 puts hot water into the extraction container 9. Coffee liquid is extracted from the ground beans in the extraction container 9. Hot water containing the extracted coffee liquid is delivered to the cup C as a coffee beverage via the switching unit 10.
　＜２．流体供給ユニット及び切替ユニット＞
　流体供給ユニット７及び切替ユニット１０の構成について図３を参照して説明する。まず、流体供給ユニット７について説明する。流体供給ユニット７は、抽出容器９へのお湯の供給や、抽出容器９内の気圧の制御等を行う。なお、本書において、気圧を数字で例示している場合、特に断わらない限り絶対圧を意味し、ゲージ圧とは大気圧を０気圧とする気圧である。大気圧とは、抽出容器９の周囲の気圧、又は、飲料製造装置の気圧を指し、例えば、飲料製造装置が海抜０ｍの地点に設置されている場合は、国際民間航空機関（＝「International Civil Aviation Organization」〔［略］ICAO〕）が１９７６年に制定した国際標準大気（＝「InternationalStandard Atmosphere」〔［略］ISA〕）の海抜０ｍでの基準気圧(１０１３．２５ｈＰａ)である。 <2. Fluid supply unit and switching unit>
The configurations of the fluid supply unit 7 and the switching unit 10 will be described with reference to FIG. First, the fluid supply unit 7 will be described. The fluid supply unit 7 supplies hot water to the extraction container 9 and controls the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9. In this specification, when the atmospheric pressure is illustrated by a numeral, it means an absolute pressure unless otherwise specified, and the gauge pressure means an atmospheric pressure of 0 atmospheric pressure. The atmospheric pressure refers to the atmospheric pressure around the extraction container 9 or the atmospheric pressure of the beverage manufacturing apparatus. For example, when the beverage manufacturing apparatus is installed at a position at an altitude of 0 m above sea level, the international civil aviation organization (= “International Civil Aviation Organization”). Aviation Organization ”[[omitted] ICAO]) is the standard atmospheric pressure (1013.25 hPa) at sea level of the International Standard Atmosphere [= [ISA]] established in 1976.
　流体供給ユニット７は配管Ｌ１～Ｌ３を含む。配管Ｌ１は空気が流通する配管であり、配管Ｌ２は水が流通する配管である。配管Ｌ３は空気と水の双方が流通可能な配管である。 The fluid supply unit 7 includes pipes L1 to L3. The pipe L1 is a pipe through which air flows, and the pipe L2 is a pipe through which water flows. The pipe L3 is a pipe through which both air and water can flow.
　流体供給ユニット７は、加圧源としてコンプレッサ７０を含む。コンプレッサ７０は大気を圧縮して送出する。コンプレッサ７０は例えばモータ（不図示）を駆動源として駆動される。コンプレッサ７０から送出される圧縮空気は、逆止弁７１ａを介してリザーブタンク（アキュームレータ）７１に供給される。リザーブタンク７１内の気圧は圧力センサ７１ｂにより監視され、所定の気圧（本実施形態では７気圧（ゲージ圧で６気圧））に維持されるよう、コンプレッサ７０が駆動される。リザーブタンク７１には排水用のドレイン７１ｃが設けられており、空気の圧縮により生じる水を排水可能となっている。 The fluid supply unit 7 includes a compressor 70 as a pressure source. The compressor 70 compresses the atmosphere and sends it out. The compressor 70 is driven by, for example, a motor (not shown) as a drive source. The compressed air sent from the compressor 70 is supplied to the reserve tank (accumulator) 71 via the check valve 71a. The pressure inside the reserve tank 71 is monitored by the pressure sensor 71b, and the compressor 70 is driven so as to be maintained at a predetermined pressure (7 atm (6 atm in gauge pressure) in this embodiment). The reserve tank 71 is provided with a drain 71c for drainage, and water generated by compression of air can be drained.
　水タンク７２にはコーヒー飲料を構成するお湯（水）が蓄積される。水タンク７２には、水タンク７２内の水を加温するヒーター７２ａ及び水の温度を計測する温度センサ７２ｂが設けられている。ヒーター７２ａは温度センサ７２ｂの検出結果に基づいて、蓄積されるお湯の温度を所定の温度（本実施形態では摂氏１２０度）に維持する。ヒーター７２ａは例えばお湯の温度が摂氏１１８度でＯＮとされ、摂氏１２０度でＯＦＦとされる。 The hot water (water) that composes the coffee drink is accumulated in the water tank 72. The water tank 72 is provided with a heater 72a for heating the water in the water tank 72 and a temperature sensor 72b for measuring the temperature of the water. The heater 72a maintains the temperature of the accumulated hot water at a predetermined temperature (120 degrees Celsius in this embodiment) based on the detection result of the temperature sensor 72b. The heater 72a is turned on when the temperature of the hot water is 118 degrees Celsius, and turned off when the temperature of the hot water is 120 degrees Celsius, for example.
　水タンク７２には、また、水位センサ７２ｃが設けられている。水位センサ７２ｃは水タンク７２内のお湯の水位を検出する。水位センサ７２ｃにより所定の水位よりも水位が下がったことが検出されると、水タンク７２に水が供給される。本実施形態の場合、不図示の浄水器を介して水道水が供給される。浄水器からの配管Ｌ２の途中には電磁弁７２ｄが設けられており、水位センサ７２ｃにより水位の低下が検出されると電磁弁７２ｄが開放されて水が供給され、所定の水位に到達すると電磁弁７２ｄが閉鎖されて水の供給が遮断される。こうして水タンク７２内のお湯が一定の水位に維持される。なお、水タンク７２への給水は一回のコーヒー飲料の製造に使用するお湯を排出する度に行ってもよい。 The water tank 72 is also provided with a water level sensor 72c. The water level sensor 72c detects the water level of the hot water in the water tank 72. When the water level sensor 72c detects that the water level has dropped below a predetermined water level, water is supplied to the water tank 72. In the case of this embodiment, tap water is supplied via a water purifier (not shown). An electromagnetic valve 72d is provided in the middle of the pipe L2 from the water purifier, and when the water level sensor 72c detects a decrease in the water level, the electromagnetic valve 72d is opened and water is supplied. The valve 72d is closed to cut off the water supply. In this way, the hot water in the water tank 72 is maintained at a constant water level. Water may be supplied to the water tank 72 each time hot water used for manufacturing a coffee beverage is discharged.
　水タンク７２には、また、圧力センサ７２ｇが設けられている。圧力センサ７２ｇは水タンク７２内の気圧を検出する。水タンク７２には調圧弁７２ｅ及び電磁弁７２ｆを介してリザーブタンク７１内の気圧が供給される。調圧弁７２ｅはリザーブタンク７１から供給される気圧を所定の気圧に減圧する。本実施形態の場合、３気圧（ゲージ圧で２気圧）に減圧する。電磁弁７２ｆは調圧弁７２ｅで調圧された気圧の、水タンク７２への供給と遮断とを切り替える。電磁弁７２ｆは、水タンク７２への水道水の供給時を除き、水タンク７２内の気圧が３気圧に維持されるように開閉制御される。水タンク７２への水道水の供給時には、水道水の水圧によって水タンク７２に円滑に水道水が補給されるように、電磁弁７２ｈにより水タンク７２内の気圧を水道水の水圧よりも低い圧力（例えば２．５気圧未満）に減圧する。電磁弁７２ｈは水タンク７２内を大気に解放するか否かを切り替え、減圧時には水タンク７２内を大気に解放する。また、電磁弁７２ｈは水タンク７２への水道水の供給時以外に、水タンク７２内の気圧が３気圧を超える場合に水タンク７２内を大気に解放し、水タンク７２内を３気圧に維持する。 The water tank 72 is also provided with a pressure sensor 72g. The pressure sensor 72g detects the atmospheric pressure in the water tank 72. The water tank 72 is supplied with the atmospheric pressure in the reserve tank 71 via a pressure regulating valve 72e and a solenoid valve 72f. The pressure regulating valve 72e reduces the atmospheric pressure supplied from the reserve tank 71 to a predetermined atmospheric pressure. In the case of this embodiment, the pressure is reduced to 3 atm (2 atm in gauge pressure). The electromagnetic valve 72f switches between supply and cutoff of the atmospheric pressure adjusted by the pressure adjusting valve 72e to the water tank 72. The electromagnetic valve 72f is controlled to open and close so that the atmospheric pressure in the water tank 72 is maintained at 3 atm except when tap water is supplied to the water tank 72. When tap water is supplied to the water tank 72, the pressure in the water tank 72 is set lower than the tap water pressure by the solenoid valve 72h so that the tap water is smoothly replenished to the water tank 72 by the tap water pressure. The pressure is reduced to (for example, less than 2.5 atm). The solenoid valve 72h switches whether to open the inside of the water tank 72 to the atmosphere, and opens the inside of the water tank 72 to the atmosphere when the pressure is reduced. Further, the solenoid valve 72h releases the inside of the water tank 72 to the atmosphere when the atmospheric pressure in the water tank 72 exceeds 3 atm except when the tap water is supplied to the water tank 72, and the inside of the water tank 72 becomes 3 atm. maintain.
　水タンク７２内のお湯は、逆止弁７２ｊ、電磁弁７２ｉ及び配管Ｌ３を介して抽出容器９へ供給される。電磁弁７２ｉを開放することで抽出容器９へお湯が供給され、閉鎖することでお湯の供給が遮断される。抽出容器９へのお湯の供給量は、電磁弁７２ｉの開放時間で管理することができる。しかし、供給量を計測して電磁弁７２ｉの開閉を制御してもよい。配管Ｌ３にはお湯の温度を計測する温度センサ７３ｅが設けられており、抽出容器９へ供給される湯温が監視される。 The hot water in the water tank 72 is supplied to the extraction container 9 via the check valve 72j, the electromagnetic valve 72i and the pipe L3. The hot water is supplied to the extraction container 9 by opening the electromagnetic valve 72i, and the hot water supply is shut off by closing the electromagnetic container 72i. The amount of hot water supplied to the extraction container 9 can be controlled by the opening time of the solenoid valve 72i. However, the opening / closing of the solenoid valve 72i may be controlled by measuring the supply amount. The pipe L3 is provided with a temperature sensor 73e for measuring the temperature of hot water, and the temperature of hot water supplied to the extraction container 9 is monitored.
　リザーブタンク７１の気圧は、また、調圧弁７３ａ、電磁弁７３ｂを介して抽出容器９へ供給される。調圧弁７３ａはリザーブタンク７１から供給される気圧を所定の気圧に減圧する。本実施形態の場合、５気圧（ゲージ圧で４気圧）に減圧する。電磁弁７３ｂは調圧弁７３ａで調圧された気圧の、抽出容器９への供給と遮断とを切り替える。抽出容器９内の気圧は圧力センサ７３ｄで検出される。抽出容器９内の加圧時、圧力センサ７３ｄの検出結果に基づいて電磁弁７３ｂが開放され、抽出容器９内を所定の気圧（本実施形態の場合、最大で５気圧（ゲージ圧で４気圧））に加圧する。抽出容器９内の気圧は電磁弁７３ｃで減圧可能である。電磁弁７３ｃは抽出容器９内を大気に解放するか否かを切り替え、圧力異常時（例えば抽出容器９内が５気圧を超える場合）には抽出容器９内を大気に解放する。 The atmospheric pressure of the reserve tank 71 is also supplied to the extraction container 9 via the pressure regulating valve 73a and the electromagnetic valve 73b. The pressure regulating valve 73a reduces the atmospheric pressure supplied from the reserve tank 71 to a predetermined atmospheric pressure. In the case of the present embodiment, the pressure is reduced to 5 atm (4 atm in gauge pressure). The electromagnetic valve 73b switches between supply and cutoff of the atmospheric pressure adjusted by the pressure adjusting valve 73a to the extraction container 9. The pressure inside the extraction container 9 is detected by the pressure sensor 73d. At the time of pressurizing the inside of the extraction container 9, the electromagnetic valve 73b is opened based on the detection result of the pressure sensor 73d, and the inside of the extraction container 9 has a predetermined atmospheric pressure (in the case of the present embodiment, a maximum of 5 atmospheric pressure (a gauge pressure of 4 atmospheric pressure). )) Pressurize. The atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9 can be reduced by the solenoid valve 73c. The solenoid valve 73c switches whether to open the inside of the extraction container 9 to the atmosphere, and opens the inside of the extraction container 9 to the atmosphere when the pressure is abnormal (for example, when the inside of the extraction container 9 exceeds 5 atmospheric pressure).
　一回のコーヒー飲料の製造が終わると、本実施形態の場合、抽出容器９内を水道水で洗浄する。電磁弁７３ｆは洗浄時に開放され、抽出容器９に水道水を供給する。 After the production of one coffee beverage is finished, in the present embodiment, the inside of the extraction container 9 is washed with tap water. The solenoid valve 73f is opened during cleaning and supplies tap water to the extraction container 9.
　次に切替ユニット１０について説明する。切替ユニット１０は抽出容器９から送出される液体の送出先を注ぎ部１０ｃと廃棄タンクＴとのいずれかに切り替えるユニットである。切替ユニット１０は、切替弁１０ａと切替弁１０ａを駆動するモータ１０ｂを含む。切替弁１０ａは、抽出容器９内のコーヒー飲料を送出する場合は注ぎ部１０ｃへ流路を切り替える。コーヒー飲料は注ぎ部１０ｃからカップＣへ注がれる。洗浄時の廃液（水道水）及び残渣（挽き豆）を排出する場合は廃棄タンクＴへ流路を切り替える。切替弁１０ａは本実施形態の場合３ポートのボール弁である。洗浄時には切替弁１０ａを残渣が通過することから、切替弁１０ａはボール弁が好適であり、モータ１０ｂはその回転軸を回転することで、流路を切り替える。 Next, the switching unit 10 will be described. The switching unit 10 is a unit that switches the delivery destination of the liquid delivered from the extraction container 9 to either the pouring portion 10c or the waste tank T. The switching unit 10 includes a switching valve 10a and a motor 10b that drives the switching valve 10a. The switching valve 10a switches the flow path to the pouring portion 10c when the coffee beverage in the extraction container 9 is delivered. The coffee beverage is poured from the pouring portion 10c into the cup C. When discharging the waste liquid (tap water) and the residue (ground beans) at the time of cleaning, the flow path is switched to the waste tank T. The switching valve 10a is a 3-port ball valve in this embodiment. Since the residue passes through the switching valve 10a during cleaning, a ball valve is suitable for the switching valve 10a, and the motor 10b switches its flow path by rotating its rotation shaft.
　＜３．豆処理装置＞
　図１、図２を参照して豆処理装置２について説明する。豆処理装置２は、貯留装置４及び粉砕装置５を含む。 <3. Bean processing equipment>
The bean processing apparatus 2 will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 and 2. The bean processing device 2 includes a storage device 4 and a crushing device 5.
　＜３－１．貯留装置＞
　貯留装置４は、焙煎後のコーヒー豆が収容される複数のキャニスタ４０を含む。本実施形態の場合、キャニスタ４０は三つ設けられている。キャニスタ４０は、焙煎コーヒー豆を収容する筒状の本体４０ａと、本体４０ａに設けられた取手４０ｂとを含み、飲料製造装置１に対して着脱自在に構成されている。 <3-1. Storage device>
The storage device 4 includes a plurality of canisters 40 in which roasted coffee beans are stored. In the case of this embodiment, three canisters 40 are provided. The canister 40 includes a tubular main body 40a that stores roasted coffee beans, and a handle 40b provided on the main body 40a, and is configured to be attachable to and detachable from the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1.
　各キャニスタ４０は、互いに異なる種類の焙煎コーヒー豆を収容し、情報表示装置１２に対する操作入力によって、コーヒー飲料の製造に用いる焙煎コーヒー豆の種類を選択できるようにしてもよい。種類が異なる焙煎コーヒー豆とは例えばコーヒー豆の品種が異なる焙煎コーヒー豆である。また、種類が異なる焙煎コーヒー豆とは、同じ品種のコーヒー豆であるが、焙煎度が異なる焙煎コーヒー豆であってもよい。また、種類が異なる焙煎コーヒー豆とは、品種も焙煎度も異なる焙煎コーヒー豆でもよい。また、三つのキャニスタ４０の少なくともいずれか一つには、複数種類の品種の焙煎コーヒー豆が混合された焙煎コーヒー豆が収容されてもよい。この場合、各品種の焙煎コーヒー豆は、焙煎度が同程度であってもよい。 Each canister 40 may store different types of roasted coffee beans, and the type of roasted coffee beans used for producing a coffee beverage may be selected by an operation input to the information display device 12. Roasted coffee beans of different types are, for example, roasted coffee beans of different types of coffee beans. The roasted coffee beans of different types are coffee beans of the same type, but may be roasted coffee beans of different roasting degrees. The roasted coffee beans of different types may be roasted coffee beans of different types or roasting degrees. Further, at least one of the three canisters 40 may contain roasted coffee beans in which roasted coffee beans of a plurality of types are mixed. In this case, the roasted coffee beans of each variety may have the same degree of roasting.
　なお、本実施形態では複数のキャニスタ４０を設けたが、一つのキャニスタ４０のみが設けられる構成であってもよい。また、複数のキャニスタ４０を設けた場合に、同じ種類の焙煎コーヒー豆が全部又は複数のキャニスタ４０に収容されてもよい。 Although the plurality of canisters 40 are provided in the present embodiment, the configuration may be such that only one canister 40 is provided. When a plurality of canisters 40 are provided, the same type of roasted coffee beans may be stored in all or a plurality of canisters 40.
　各キャニスタ４０は計量搬送装置４１に着脱自在に装着される。計量搬送装置４１は、例えば、電動スクリューコンベアであり、キャニスタ４０に収容された所定の量の焙煎コーヒー豆を自動計量して下流側に送出する。 Each canister 40 is detachably attached to the weighing and conveying device 41. The weighing / conveying device 41 is, for example, an electric screw conveyor, and automatically weighs a predetermined amount of roasted coffee beans contained in the canister 40 and sends it to the downstream side.
　各計量搬送装置４１は下流側の集合搬送部４２に焙煎コーヒー豆を排出する。集合搬送部４２は中空の部材で構成されており、各コンベア４１から粉砕装置５（特にグラインダ５Ａ）への焙煎コーヒー豆の搬送通路を形成する。各計量搬送装置４１から排出された焙煎コーヒー豆は集合搬送部４２の内部を自重によって移動し、粉砕装置５へ流れ落ちる。 Each metering and conveying device 41 discharges the roasted coffee beans to the collecting and conveying section 42 on the downstream side. The collective conveying unit 42 is formed of a hollow member and forms a conveying passage for roasted coffee beans from each conveyor 41 to the crushing device 5 (in particular, the grinder 5A). The roasted coffee beans discharged from each of the metering / conveying devices 41 move inside the collecting / conveying part 42 by their own weight and flow down to the crushing device 5.
　集合搬送部４２には、豆投入口１０３に対応する位置に案内部４２ａが形成されている。案内部４２ａは豆投入口１０３から投入された焙煎コーヒー豆を粉砕装置５（特にグラインダ５Ａ）へ案内する通路を形成する。これにより、キャニスタ４０に収容された焙煎コーヒー豆以外に、豆投入口１０３から投入される焙煎コーヒー豆を原料としたコーヒー飲料も製造できる。 A guide portion 42a is formed in the collective conveyance portion 42 at a position corresponding to the bean insertion port 103. The guide portion 42a forms a passage for guiding the roasted coffee beans input from the bean input port 103 to the crushing device 5 (in particular, the grinder 5A). As a result, in addition to the roasted coffee beans stored in the canister 40, it is possible to manufacture a coffee beverage made from roasted coffee beans that is fed through the bean feeding port 103.
　＜３－２．粉砕装置＞
　図２及び図４を参照して粉砕装置５を説明する。図４は分離装置６の一部判断斜視図である。粉砕装置５は、グラインダ５Ａ及び５Ｂ、及び、分離装置６を含む。グラインダ５Ａ及び５Ｂは貯留装置４から供給される焙煎コーヒー豆を挽く機構である。貯留装置４から供給される焙煎コーヒー豆は、グラインダ５Ａで挽かれた後、グラインダ５Ｂで更に挽かれて粉状にされ、排出管５Ｃから抽出容器９へ投入される。 <3-2. Crusher>
The crushing device 5 will be described with reference to FIGS. 2 and 4. FIG. 4 is a partial perspective view of the separation device 6. The crushing device 5 includes grinders 5 </ b> A and 5 </ b> B and a separating device 6. The grinders 5A and 5B are a mechanism for grinding roasted coffee beans supplied from the storage device 4. The roasted coffee beans supplied from the storage device 4 are ground by the grinder 5A, then further ground by the grinder 5B to be powdered, and charged into the extraction container 9 from the discharge pipe 5C.
　グラインダ５Ａ及び５Ｂは、豆を挽く粒度が異なっている。グラインダ５Ａは粗挽き用のグラインダであり、グラインダ５Ｂは細挽き用のグラインダである。グラインダ５Ａ、５Ｂはそれぞれ電動グラインダであり、駆動源であるモータと、モータにより駆動される回転刃等を含む。回転刃の回転数を変化させることで粉砕される焙煎コーヒー豆の大きさ（粒度）を変化可能である。 Grinders 5A and 5B have different grain sizes for grinding beans. The grinder 5A is a grinder for coarse grinding, and the grinder 5B is a grinder for fine grinding. Each of the grinders 5A and 5B is an electric grinder, and includes a motor that is a drive source and a rotary blade that is driven by the motor. The size (grain size) of the roasted coffee beans to be ground can be changed by changing the number of rotations of the rotary blade.
　分離装置６は挽き豆から不要物を分離する機構である。分離装置６はグラインダ５Ａとグラインダ５Ｂとの間に配置された通路部６３ａを含む。通路部６３ａはグラインダ５Ａから自由落下してくる挽き豆が通過する分離室を形成する中空体である。通路部６３ａには、挽き豆の通過方向（本実施形態の場合、上下方向。）と交差する方向（本実施形態の場合、左右方向。）に延びる通路部６３ｂが接続されており、この通路部６３ｂには吸引ユニット６０が接続されている。吸引ユニット６０が通路部６３ａ内の空気を吸引することで、チャフや微粉といった軽量な物体が吸引される。これにより、挽き豆から不要物を分離できる。 The separating device 6 is a mechanism for separating unnecessary substances from ground beans. The separating device 6 includes a passage portion 63a arranged between the grinder 5A and the grinder 5B. The passage portion 63a is a hollow body that forms a separation chamber through which ground beans that freely fall from the grinder 5A pass. The passage portion 63a is connected to a passage portion 63b extending in a direction (in the present embodiment, the left-right direction) intersecting with the passage direction of the ground beans (in the present embodiment, the vertical direction). The suction unit 60 is connected to the portion 63b. The suction unit 60 sucks the air in the passage 63a, so that a lightweight object such as chaff or fine powder is sucked. As a result, unnecessary substances can be separated from the ground beans.
　吸引ユニット６０は遠心分離方式の機構である。吸引ユニット６０は、送風ユニット６０Ａ及び回収容器６０Ｂを含む。送風ユニット６０Ａは本実施形態の場合、ファンモータであり、回収容器６０Ｂ内の空気を上方へ排気する。 The suction unit 60 is a centrifugal separation mechanism. The suction unit 60 includes a blower unit 60A and a collection container 60B. In the case of this embodiment, the blower unit 60A is a fan motor, and exhausts the air in the collection container 60B upward.
　回収容器６０Ｂは、分離可能に係合する上部６１と下部６２とを含む。下部６２は上方が開放した有底の筒型をなしており、不要物を蓄積する空間を形成する。上部６１は下部６２の開口に装着される蓋部を構成する。上部６１は、円筒形状の外周壁６１ａと、これと同軸上に形成された排気筒６１ｂとを含む。送風ユニット６０Ａは排気筒６１ｂ内の空気を吸引するように排気筒６１ｂの上方において上部６１に固定されている。上部６１には通路部６３ｂが接続されている。通路部６３ｂは排気筒６１ｂの側方に開口している。 The collection container 60B includes an upper portion 61 and a lower portion 62 that are separably engaged. The lower portion 62 has a bottomed cylindrical shape with an open upper portion, and forms a space for accumulating unnecessary substances. The upper portion 61 constitutes a lid portion that is attached to the opening of the lower portion 62. The upper portion 61 includes a cylindrical outer peripheral wall 61a and an exhaust pipe 61b formed coaxially with the outer peripheral wall 61a. The blower unit 60A is fixed to the upper portion 61 above the exhaust pipe 61b so as to suck the air in the exhaust pipe 61b. A passage portion 63b is connected to the upper portion 61. The passage portion 63b opens to the side of the exhaust pipe 61b.
　送風ユニット６０Ａの駆動により、図４において矢印ｄ１～ｄ３で示す気流が発生する。この気流により、通路部６３ａから不要物を含んだ空気が通路部６３ｂを通って回収容器６０Ｂ内に吸引される。通路部６３ｂは排気筒６１ｂの側方に開口しているため、不要物を含んだ空気は排気筒６１ｂの周囲を旋回する。空気中の不要物Ｄは、その重量によって落下し、回収容器６０Ｂの一部に集められる（下部６２の底面上に堆積する）。空気は排気筒６１ｂの内部を通って上方に排気される。 Driving the blower unit 60A generates airflows indicated by arrows d1 to d3 in FIG. Due to this air flow, air containing unnecessary substances is sucked from the passage portion 63a into the collection container 60B through the passage portion 63b. Since the passage portion 63b is opened to the side of the exhaust pipe 61b, the air containing the unwanted matter swirls around the exhaust pipe 61b. The unwanted matter D in the air falls due to its weight and is collected in a part of the collection container 60B (deposited on the bottom surface of the lower portion 62). The air is exhausted upward through the inside of the exhaust pipe 61b.
　排気筒６１ｂの周面には複数のフィン６１ｄが一体に形成されている。複数のフィン６１ｄは排気筒６１ｂの周方向に配列されている。個々のフィン６１ｄは、排気筒６１ｂの軸方向に対して斜めに傾斜している。このようなフィン６１を設けたことで、不要物Ｄを含んだ空気の排気筒６１ｂの周囲の旋回を促進する。 A plurality of fins 61d are integrally formed on the peripheral surface of the exhaust stack 61b. The plurality of fins 61d are arranged in the circumferential direction of the exhaust pipe 61b. Each fin 61d is inclined with respect to the axial direction of the exhaust pipe 61b. By providing such fins 61, the swirling of air containing the unwanted matter D around the exhaust pipe 61b is promoted.
　本実施形態の場合、下部６２はアクリル、ガラスなどの透光性を有する材料で形成されており、その全体が透過部とされた透明容器を構成している。また、下部６２はカバー部１０２で覆われた部分である（図２）。管理者や飲料の需要者は、カバー部１０２、下部６２の周壁を透して、下部６２内に蓄積された不要物Ｄを視認可能である。管理者にとっては、下部６２の清掃タイミングを確認し易い場合があり、飲料の需要者にとっては不要物Ｄが除去されていることが視認できることで、製造中のコーヒー飲料の品質に対する期待感が高まる場合がある。 In the case of the present embodiment, the lower portion 62 is formed of a translucent material such as acrylic or glass, and the whole constitutes a transparent container having a transmissive portion. The lower portion 62 is a portion covered by the cover portion 102 (FIG. 2). A manager or a consumer of the beverage can see the unwanted matter D accumulated in the lower portion 62 through the cover 102 and the peripheral wall of the lower portion 62. It may be easy for the manager to confirm the cleaning timing of the lower portion 62, and the consumer of the beverage can visually recognize that the unwanted matter D has been removed, and thus the expectation for the quality of the coffee beverage being produced is increased. There are cases.
　このように本実施形態では、貯留装置４から供給される焙煎コーヒー豆は、まず、グラインダ５Ａで粗挽きされ、その粗挽き豆が通路部６３ａを通過する際に、分離装置６によって不要物が分離される。不要物が分離された粗挽き豆は、グラインダ５Ｂにより細挽きされる。分離装置６で分離する不要物は、代表的にはチャフや微粉である。これらはコーヒー飲料の味を低下させる場合があり、挽き豆からチャフ等を除去することで、コーヒー飲料の品質を向上できる。 As described above, in the present embodiment, the roasted coffee beans supplied from the storage device 4 are first coarsely ground by the grinder 5A, and when the coarse ground beans pass through the passage portion 63a, the separation device 6 removes unnecessary substances. Are separated. The coarsely ground beans from which unnecessary substances are separated are finely ground by the grinder 5B. The unnecessary substances separated by the separation device 6 are typically chaff and fine powder. These may deteriorate the taste of the coffee drink, and the quality of the coffee drink can be improved by removing chaff or the like from the ground beans.
　焙煎コーヒー豆の粉砕は、一つのグラインダ（一段階の粉砕）であってもよい。しかし、本実施形態のように、二つのグラインダ５Ａ、５Ｂによる二段階の粉砕とすることで、挽き豆の粒度が揃い易くなり、コーヒー液の抽出度合を一定にすることができる。豆の粉砕の際にはカッターと豆との摩擦により、熱が発生する場合がある。二段階の粉砕とすることで、粉砕時の摩擦による発熱を抑制し、挽き豆の劣化（例えば風味が落ちる）を防止することもできる。 ∙ Grinding of roasted coffee beans may be done with one grinder (one-step grinding). However, as in the present embodiment, by performing the two-stage pulverization by the two grinders 5A and 5B, the grain size of the ground beans can be easily made uniform, and the extraction degree of the coffee liquid can be made constant. When crushing beans, heat may be generated due to friction between the cutter and the beans. By the two-step crushing, heat generation due to friction during crushing can be suppressed and deterioration of ground beans (for example, deterioration of flavor) can be prevented.
　また、粗挽き→不要物の分離→細挽きという段階を経ることで、チャフなどの不要物を分離する際、不要物と挽き豆（必要部分）との質量差を大きくできる。これは不要物の分離効率を上げることができるとともに、挽き豆（必要部分）が不要物として分離されてしまうことを防止することができる。また、粗挽きと細挽きとの間に、空気の吸引を利用した不要物の分離処理が介在することで、空冷によって挽き豆の発熱を抑えることができる。 Also, by passing through the steps of coarse grinding → separation of unnecessary materials → fine grinding, when separating unnecessary materials such as chaff, it is possible to increase the mass difference between the unnecessary material and ground beans (required part). This can improve the separation efficiency of the unwanted matter and prevent ground beans (necessary portion) from being separated as unwanted matter. In addition, the heat treatment of the ground beans can be suppressed by air cooling by interposing the separation process of the unwanted matter using the suction of air between the coarse grinding and the fine grinding.
　＜４．駆動ユニット及び抽出容器＞
　＜４－１．概要＞
　抽出装置３の駆動ユニット８及び抽出容器９について図５を参照して説明する。図５は駆動ユニット８及び抽出容器９の斜視図である。駆動ユニット８の大部分は本体部１０１に囲包されている。 <4. Drive unit and extraction container>
<4-1. Overview>
The drive unit 8 and the extraction container 9 of the extraction device 3 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 5 is a perspective view of the drive unit 8 and the extraction container 9. Most of the drive unit 8 is surrounded by the main body 101.
　駆動ユニット８はフレームＦに支持されている。フレームＦは、上下の梁部Ｆ１、Ｆ２及び梁部Ｆ１、Ｆ２を支持する柱部Ｆ３を含む。駆動ユニット８は、上部ユニット８Ａ、中部ユニット８Ｂ及び下部ユニット８Ｃの三つのユニットに大別される。上部ユニット８Ａは梁部Ｆ１に支持されている。中部ユニット８Ｂは梁部Ｆ１と梁部Ｆ２との間において、梁部Ｆ１及び柱部Ｆ３に支持されている。下部ユニット８Ｃは梁部Ｆ２に支持されている。 The drive unit 8 is supported by the frame F. The frame F includes upper and lower beam portions F1 and F2 and a column portion F3 that supports the beam portions F1 and F2. The drive unit 8 is roughly divided into three units, an upper unit 8A, a middle unit 8B, and a lower unit 8C. The upper unit 8A is supported by the beam portion F1. The middle unit 8B is supported by the beam portion F1 and the column portion F3 between the beam portion F1 and the beam portion F2. The lower unit 8C is supported by the beam portion F2.
　抽出容器９は、容器本体９０及び蓋ユニット９１を含むチャンバである。抽出容器９のことをチャンバと呼ぶ場合がある。中部ユニット８Ｂは、容器本体９０を着脱自在に保持するアーム部材８２０を備える。アーム部材８２０は、保持部材８２０ａと、左右に離間した一対の軸部材８２０ｂとを含む。保持部材８２０ａは、Ｃの字型のクリップ状に形成された樹脂等の弾性部材であり、その弾性力により容器本体９０を保持する。保持部材８２ａは容器本体９０の左右の側部を保持し、容器本体９０の前方側は露出させている。これにより容器本体９０の内部を、正面視で視認し易くなる。 The extraction container 9 is a chamber including a container body 90 and a lid unit 91. The extraction container 9 may be called a chamber. The middle unit 8B includes an arm member 820 that detachably holds the container body 90. The arm member 820 includes a holding member 820a and a pair of left and right shaft members 820b. The holding member 820a is an elastic member such as a resin formed in a C-shaped clip shape, and holds the container body 90 by its elastic force. The holding member 82a holds the left and right side portions of the container body 90, and the front side of the container body 90 is exposed. This makes it easier to visually recognize the inside of the container body 90 in a front view.
　保持部材８２０ａに対する容器本体９０の着脱は手動操作で行い、保持部材８２０ａに容器本体９０を前後方向後方へ押し付けることで容器本体９０が保持部材８２０ａに装着される。また、容器本体９０を保持部材８２０ａから前後方向前側へ引き抜くことで、容器本体９０を保持部材８２０ａから分離可能である。 The container body 90 is attached / detached to / from the holding member 820a by a manual operation, and the container body 90 is attached to the holding member 820a by pressing the container body 90 to the holding member 820a rearward and rearward. Further, the container body 90 can be separated from the holding member 820a by pulling out the container body 90 from the holding member 820a to the front side in the front-rear direction.
　一対の軸部材８２０ｂは、それぞれ、前後方向に延設されたロッドであり、保持部材８２０ａを支持する部材である。なお、本実施形態では軸部材８２０ｂの数を二本としたが、一本でもよいし、三本以上であってもよい。保持部材８２０ａは、一対の軸部材８２０ｂの前側の端部に固定されている。後述する機構により、一対の軸部材８２ｂは前後方向に進退され、これにより保持部材８２０ａが前後に進退し、は容器本体９０を前後方向に平行移動する移動動作を行うことができる。中部ユニット８Ｂは、また、後述するように、抽出容器９の上下を反転させる回動動作を行うことも可能である。 The pair of shaft members 820b are rods extending in the front-rear direction, and are members that support the holding member 820a. Although the number of the shaft members 820b is two in the present embodiment, it may be one, or three or more. The holding member 820a is fixed to the front ends of the pair of shaft members 820b. By a mechanism described later, the pair of shaft members 82b are moved forward and backward, the holding member 820a is moved forward and backward, and the container main body 90 can be moved in parallel in the forward and backward directions. The middle unit 8B can also perform a turning operation to turn the extraction container 9 upside down, as described later.
　＜４－２．抽出容器＞
　図６を参照して抽出容器９について説明する。図６は抽出容器９の閉状態及び開状態を示す図である。上記のとおり、抽出容器９は中部ユニット８Ｂにより上下が反転される。図６の抽出容器９は、蓋ユニット９１が上側に位置している基本姿勢を示している。以下の説明において上下の位置関係を述べる場合、特に断らない限りは基本姿勢における上下の位置関係を意味するものとする。 <4-2. Extraction container>
The extraction container 9 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 6 is a view showing the closed state and the open state of the extraction container 9. As described above, the extraction container 9 is turned upside down by the middle unit 8B. The extraction container 9 in FIG. 6 shows a basic posture in which the lid unit 91 is located on the upper side. In the following description, the vertical positional relationship means the vertical positional relationship in the basic posture unless otherwise specified.
　容器本体９０は有底の容器であり、ネック部９０ｂ、肩部９０ｄ、胴部９０ｅ及び底部９０ｆを有するボトル形状を有している。ネック部９０ｂの端部（容器本体９０の上端部）には、容器本体９０の内部空間と連通する開口９０ａを画定するフランジ部９０ｃが形成されている。 The container body 90 is a bottomed container, and has a bottle shape having a neck portion 90b, a shoulder portion 90d, a body portion 90e, and a bottom portion 90f. A flange portion 90c that defines an opening 90a that communicates with the internal space of the container body 90 is formed at the end of the neck portion 90b (upper end portion of the container body 90).
　ネック部９０ｂ及び胴部９０ｅは、いずれも円筒形状を有している。肩部９０ｄは、ネック部９０ｂと胴部９０ｅとの間の部分であり、その内部空間の断面積が胴部９０ｅ側からネック部９０ｂ側へ向かって徐々に小さくなるようにテーパ形状を有している。 Both the neck portion 90b and the body portion 90e have a cylindrical shape. The shoulder portion 90d is a portion between the neck portion 90b and the body portion 90e, and has a tapered shape such that the cross-sectional area of the internal space thereof gradually decreases from the body portion 90e side toward the neck portion 90b side. ing.
　蓋ユニット９１は開口９０ａを開閉するユニットである。蓋ユニット９１の開閉動作（昇降動作）は上部ユニット８Ａにより行われる。 The lid unit 91 is a unit that opens and closes the opening 90a. The opening / closing operation (elevating operation) of the lid unit 91 is performed by the upper unit 8A.
　容器本体９０は、本体部材９００及び底部材９０１を含む。本体部材９００は、ネック部９０ｂ、肩部９０ｄ、胴部９０ｅを形成する上下が開放した筒部材である。底部材９０１は底部９０ｆを形成する部材であり、本体部材９００の下部に挿入されて固定される。本体部材９００と底部材９０１との間にはシール部材９０２が介在し、容器本体９０内の気密性を向上する。 The container body 90 includes a body member 900 and a bottom member 901. The main body member 900 is a tubular member that forms the neck portion 90b, the shoulder portion 90d, and the body portion 90e and is open at the top and bottom. The bottom member 901 is a member that forms the bottom portion 90f, and is inserted and fixed to the lower portion of the main body member 900. A seal member 902 is interposed between the main body member 900 and the bottom member 901 to improve airtightness inside the container main body 90.
　本実施形態の場合、本体部材９００はアクリル、ガラスなどの透光性を有する材料で形成されており、その全体が透過部とされた透明容器を構成している。管理者や飲料の需要者は、カバー部１０２、容器本体９０の本体部材９００を透して、容器本体９０内でのコーヒー飲料の抽出状況を視認可能である。管理者にとっては、抽出動作を確認し易い場合があり、飲料の需要者にとっては抽出状況を楽しめる場合がある。 In the case of the present embodiment, the main body member 900 is formed of a translucent material such as acrylic or glass, and the entire body constitutes a transparent container having a transmissive portion. An administrator or a consumer of beverage can see the extraction status of coffee beverage in the container body 90 through the cover 102 and the body member 900 of the container body 90. It may be easy for the manager to confirm the extraction operation, and for the beverage consumer, the extraction situation may be enjoyed.
　底部材９０１の中心部には凸部９０１ｃが設けられ、この凸部９０１ｃには、容器本体９０内を外部に連通させる連通穴や、この連通穴を開閉する弁（図８の弁９０３）が設けられている。連通穴は、容器本体９０内を洗浄する際の廃液及び残渣の排出に用いられる。凸部９０１ｃにはシール部材９０８が設けられており、シール部材９０８は、上部ユニット８Ａまたは下部ユニット８Ｃと底部材９０１との間を気密に維持するための部材である。 A convex portion 901c is provided at the center of the bottom member 901. The convex portion 901c is provided with a communication hole for communicating the inside of the container body 90 with the outside and a valve (valve 903 in FIG. 8) for opening and closing the communication hole. It is provided. The communication hole is used for discharging a waste liquid and a residue when cleaning the inside of the container body 90. A seal member 908 is provided on the convex portion 901c, and the seal member 908 is a member for maintaining an airtight space between the upper unit 8A or the lower unit 8C and the bottom member 901.
　蓋ユニット９１は、帽子状のベース部材９１１を備える。ベース部材９１１は、凸部９１１ｄ、及び、閉時にフランジ部９０ｃと重なる鍔部９１１ｃを有する。凸部９１１ｄには、容器本体９０における凸部９０１ｃと同じ構造とされており、容器本体９０内を外部に連通させる連通穴や、この連通穴を開閉する弁（図８の弁９１３）が設けられている。凸部９１１ｄの連通穴は、主に、容器本体９０内へのお湯の注入とコーヒー飲料の送出に用いられる。凸部９１１ｄにはシール部材９１８ａが設けられている。シール部材９１８ａは、上部ユニット８Ａまたは下部ユニット８Ｃとベース部材９１１との間を気密に維持するための部材である。蓋ユニット９１には、また、シール部材９１９が設けられている。シール部材９１９は、蓋ユニット９１の閉時に蓋ユニット９１と容器本体９０との気密性を向上する。蓋ユニット９１には濾過用のフィルタが保持される。 The lid unit 91 includes a hat-shaped base member 911. The base member 911 has a protrusion 911d and a flange 911c that overlaps the flange 90c when closed. The convex portion 911d has the same structure as the convex portion 901c of the container body 90, and is provided with a communication hole for communicating the inside of the container body 90 to the outside and a valve (valve 913 in FIG. 8) for opening and closing the communication hole. Has been. The communication hole of the convex portion 911d is mainly used for injecting hot water into the container body 90 and delivering a coffee beverage. A seal member 918a is provided on the protrusion 911d. The seal member 918a is a member for keeping the space between the upper unit 8A or the lower unit 8C and the base member 911 airtight. The lid unit 91 is also provided with a seal member 919. The sealing member 919 improves the airtightness between the lid unit 91 and the container body 90 when the lid unit 91 is closed. The lid unit 91 holds a filter for filtration.
　＜４－３．上部ユニット及び下部ユニット＞
　上部ユニット８Ａ及び下部ユニット８Ｃについて図７、図８を参照して説明する。図７は上部ユニット８Ａ及び下部ユニット８Ｃの一部の構成を示す正面図であり、図８は図７の縦断面図である。 <4-3. Upper unit and lower unit>
The upper unit 8A and the lower unit 8C will be described with reference to FIGS. 7 is a front view showing a part of the configuration of the upper unit 8A and the lower unit 8C, and FIG. 8 is a vertical sectional view of FIG.
　上部ユニット８Ａは、操作ユニット８１Ａを含む。操作ユニット８１Ａは容器本体９０に対する蓋ユニット９１の開閉操作（昇降）及び凸部９０１ｃ及び９１１ｄの弁の開閉操作を行う。操作ユニット８１Ａは、支持部材８００、保持部材８０１、昇降軸８０２及びプローブ８０３を含む。 The upper unit 8A includes an operation unit 81A. The operation unit 81A performs an opening / closing operation (elevation) of the lid unit 91 with respect to the container body 90 and an opening / closing operation of the valves of the convex portions 901c and 911d. The operation unit 81A includes a support member 800, a holding member 801, a lifting shaft 802, and a probe 803.
　支持部材８００はフレームＦに対する相対位置が変化しないように固定して設けられており、保持部材８０１を収容する。支持部材８００は、また、配管Ｌ３と支持部材８００内を連通させる連通部８００ａを備える。配管Ｌ３から供給されるお湯、水道水および気圧が連通部８００ａを介して支持部材８００内に導入される。 The support member 800 is fixedly provided so that the relative position with respect to the frame F does not change, and accommodates the holding member 801. The support member 800 also includes a communication portion 800a that connects the pipe L3 and the inside of the support member 800. Hot water, tap water, and atmospheric pressure supplied from the pipe L3 are introduced into the support member 800 via the communication portion 800a.
　保持部材８０１は、蓋ユニット９１を着脱自在に保持可能な部材である。保持部材８０１は蓋ユニット９１の凸部９１１ｄ又は底部材９０１の凸部９０１ｃが挿入される円筒状の空間を有すると共に、これらを着脱自在に保持する機構を備える。この機構は、例えば、スナップリング機構であり、一定の押圧力により係合し、一定の分離力により係合が解除される。配管Ｌ３から供給されるお湯、水道水および気圧は、連通部８００ａ及び保持部材８０１の連通穴８０１ａを介して抽出容器９内へ供給可能である。 The holding member 801 is a member that can detachably hold the lid unit 91. The holding member 801 has a cylindrical space into which the convex portion 911d of the lid unit 91 or the convex portion 901c of the bottom member 901 is inserted, and is provided with a mechanism for detachably holding these. This mechanism is, for example, a snap ring mechanism, which is engaged by a constant pressing force and released by a constant separation force. Hot water, tap water, and atmospheric pressure supplied from the pipe L3 can be supplied into the extraction container 9 through the communication portion 800a and the communication hole 801a of the holding member 801.
　保持部材８０１は支持部材８００内を上下方向にスライド自在に設けられた可動部材でもある。昇降軸８０２はその軸方向が上下方向となるように設けられている。昇降軸８０２は支持部材８００の天部を上下方向に気密に貫通し、支持部材８００に対して上下に昇降自在に設けられている。 The holding member 801 is also a movable member that is provided so as to be vertically slidable inside the support member 800. The lifting shaft 802 is provided so that its axial direction is the vertical direction. The elevating shaft 802 penetrates the ceiling of the support member 800 in the vertical direction in an airtight manner, and is vertically movable with respect to the support member 800.
　昇降軸８０２の下端部には保持部材８０１の天部が固定されている。昇降軸８０２の昇降によって保持部材８０１が上下方向にスライドし、凸部９１１ｄや凸部９０１ｃへの保持部材８０１の装着と分離を行うことができる。また、容器本体９０に対する蓋ユニット９１の開閉を行うことができる。 The top of the holding member 801 is fixed to the lower end of the lifting shaft 802. The holding member 801 slides in the vertical direction as the lifting shaft 802 moves up and down, so that the holding member 801 can be attached to and detached from the protrusions 911d and 901c. Further, the lid unit 91 can be opened and closed with respect to the container body 90.
　昇降軸８０２の外周面にはリードスクリュー機構を構成するねじ８０２ａが形成されている。このねじ８０２ａにはナット８０４ｂが螺着されている。上部ユニット８Ａは、モータ８０４ａを備えており、ナット８０４ｂはモータ８０４ａの駆動力によって、その場で（上下に移動せずに）回転される。ナット８０４ｂの回転によって昇降軸８０２が昇降する。 A screw 802a forming a lead screw mechanism is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the lifting shaft 802. A nut 804b is screwed onto the screw 802a. The upper unit 8A includes a motor 804a, and the nut 804b is rotated in place (without moving up and down) by the driving force of the motor 804a. The lifting shaft 802 moves up and down by the rotation of the nut 804b.
　昇降軸８０２は、中心軸に貫通穴を有する管状の軸であり、この貫通穴にプローブ８０３が上下にスライド自在に挿入されている。プローブ８０３は保持部材８０１の天部を上下方向に気密に貫通し、支持部材８００及び保持部材８０１に対して上下に昇降自在に設けられている。 The elevating shaft 802 is a tubular shaft having a through hole in its central axis, and a probe 803 is vertically slidably inserted into this through hole. The probe 803 vertically and airtightly penetrates the top of the holding member 801, and is provided to be vertically movable with respect to the support member 800 and the holding member 801.
　プローブ８０３は、凸部９１１ｄ、９０１ｃの内部に設けた弁９１３、９０３を開閉する操作子であり、プローブ８０３の降下により弁９１３、９０３を閉状態から開状態とし、プローブ８０３の上昇により弁を開状態から閉状態（不図示のリターンばねの作用による）とすることができる。 The probe 803 is an operator that opens and closes the valves 913 and 903 provided inside the convex portions 911d and 901c. The probe 803 lowers the valves 913 and 903 from the closed state to the open state, and the probe 803 raises the valve. The open state can be changed to the closed state (due to the action of a return spring (not shown)).
　プローブ８０３の外周面にはリードスクリュー機構を構成するねじ８０３ａが形成されている。このねじ８０３ａにはナット８０５ｂが螺着されている。上部ユニット８Ａは、モータ８０５ａを備えており、ナット８０５ｂはモータ８０５ａの駆動力によって、その場で（上下に移動せずに）回転するように設けられている。ナット８０５ｂの回転によってプローブ８０３が昇降する。 A screw 803a forming a lead screw mechanism is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the probe 803. A nut 805b is screwed onto the screw 803a. The upper unit 8A includes a motor 805a, and the nut 805b is provided so as to rotate on the spot (without moving up and down) by the driving force of the motor 805a. The probe 803 moves up and down by the rotation of the nut 805b.
　下部ユニット８Ｃは、操作ユニット８１Ｃを含む。操作ユニット８１Ｃは、操作ユニット８１Ａを上下に反転した構成であり、凸部９１１ｄ、９０１ｃの内部に設けた弁９１３、９０３の開閉操作を行う。操作ユニット８１Ｃも蓋ユニット９１の開閉が可能な構成であるが、本実施形態では操作ユニット８１Ｃを蓋ユニット９１の開閉には用いない。 The lower unit 8C includes an operation unit 81C. The operation unit 81C has a configuration in which the operation unit 81A is turned upside down, and opens and closes the valves 913 and 903 provided inside the convex portions 911d and 901c. The operation unit 81C is also configured to open and close the lid unit 91, but in the present embodiment, the operation unit 81C is not used to open and close the lid unit 91.
　以下、操作ユニット８１Ａの説明と略同じであるが、操作ユニット８１Ｃについて説明する。操作ユニット８１Ｃは、支持部材８１０、保持部材８１１、昇降軸８１２及びプローブ８１３を含む。 The operation unit 81C will be described below, although it is substantially the same as the operation unit 81A. The operation unit 81C includes a support member 810, a holding member 811, a lifting shaft 812, and a probe 813.
　支持部材８１０はフレームＦに対する相対位置が変化しないように固定して設けられており、保持部材８１１を収容する。支持部材８１０は、また、切替ユニット１０の切替弁１０ａと支持部材８１０内を連通させる連通部８１０ａを備える。容器本体９０内のコーヒー飲料、水道水、挽き豆の残渣が連通部８１０ａを介して切替弁１０ａに導入される。 The support member 810 is fixedly provided so that the relative position with respect to the frame F does not change, and accommodates the holding member 811. The support member 810 also includes a communication portion 810a that allows the switching valve 10a of the switching unit 10 and the inside of the support member 810 to communicate with each other. Residues of coffee drink, tap water, and ground beans in the container body 90 are introduced into the switching valve 10a via the communication portion 810a.
　保持部材８１１は、蓋ユニット９１の凸部９１１ｄ又は底部材９０１の凸部９０１ｃが挿入される円筒状の空間を有すると共に、これらを着脱自在に保持する機構を備える。この機構は、例えば、スナップリング機構であり、一定の押圧力により係合し、一定の分離力により係合が解除される。容器本体９０内のコーヒー飲料、水道水、挽き豆の残渣が連通部８１０ａ及び保持部材８１１の連通穴８１１ａを介して切替弁１０ａに導入される。 The holding member 811 has a cylindrical space into which the convex portion 911d of the lid unit 91 or the convex portion 901c of the bottom member 901 is inserted, and is provided with a mechanism for detachably holding these. This mechanism is, for example, a snap ring mechanism, which is engaged by a constant pressing force and released by a constant separation force. Residues of coffee drink, tap water, and ground beans in the container body 90 are introduced into the switching valve 10a through the communication portion 810a and the communication hole 811a of the holding member 811.
　保持部材８１１は支持部材８１０内を上下方向にスライド自在に設けられた可動部材でもある。昇降軸８１２はその軸方向が上下方向となるように設けられている。昇降軸８１２は支持部材８００の底部を上下方向に気密に貫通し、支持部材８１０に対して上下に昇降自在に設けられている。 The holding member 811 is also a movable member that is provided so as to be vertically slidable inside the support member 810. The lifting shaft 812 is provided so that its axial direction is the vertical direction. The elevating shaft 812 penetrates the bottom portion of the support member 800 in a vertical direction in an airtight manner, and is vertically movable with respect to the support member 810.
　昇降軸８１２の下端部には保持部材８１１の底部が固定されている。昇降軸８１２の昇降によって保持部材８１１が上下方向にスライドし、凸部９０１ｃや凸部９１１ｄへの保持部材８１１の装着と分離を行うことができる。 The bottom of the holding member 811 is fixed to the lower end of the lifting shaft 812. The holding member 811 slides in the vertical direction as the lifting shaft 812 moves up and down, so that the holding member 811 can be attached to and separated from the protrusions 901c and 911d.
　昇降軸８１２の外周面にはリードスクリュー機構を構成するねじ８１２ａが形成されている。このねじ８１２ａにはナット８１４ｂが螺着されている。下部ユニット８Ｃは、モータ８１４ａを備えており、ナット８１４ｂはモータ８１４ａの駆動力によって、その場で（上下に移動せずに）回転される。ナット８１４ｂの回転によって昇降軸８１２が昇降する。 A screw 812a forming a lead screw mechanism is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the lifting shaft 812. A nut 814b is screwed onto the screw 812a. The lower unit 8C includes a motor 814a, and the nut 814b is rotated in place (without moving up and down) by the driving force of the motor 814a. The lifting shaft 812 moves up and down by the rotation of the nut 814b.
　昇降軸８１２は、中心軸に貫通穴を有する管状の軸であり、この貫通穴にプローブ８１３が上下にスライド自在に挿入されている。プローブ８１３は保持部材８１１の底部を上下方向に気密に貫通し、支持部材８１０及び保持部材８１１に対して上下に昇降自在に設けられている。 The elevating shaft 812 is a tubular shaft having a through hole in its central axis, and the probe 813 is vertically slidably inserted into this through hole. The probe 813 penetrates the bottom of the holding member 811 in an airtight manner in the vertical direction, and is provided so as to be vertically movable with respect to the support member 810 and the holding member 811.
　プローブ８１３は、凸部９１１ｄ、９０１ｃの内部に設けた弁９１３、９０３を開閉する操作子であり、プローブ８１３の上昇により弁９１３、９０３を閉状態から開状態とし、プローブ８１３の降下により弁を開状態から閉状態（不図示のリターンばねの作用による）とすることができる。 The probe 813 is an operator that opens and closes the valves 913 and 903 provided inside the convex portions 911d and 901c. The probe 813 moves the valves 913 and 903 from the closed state to the open state when the probe 813 moves upward, and the valve 813 moves when the probe 813 descends. The open state can be changed to the closed state (due to the action of a return spring (not shown)).
　プローブ８１３の外周面にはリードスクリュー機構を構成するねじ８１３ａが形成されている。このねじ８１３ａにはナット８１５ｂが螺着されている。下部ユニット８Ｃは、モータ８１５ａを備えており、ナット８１５ｂはモータ８１５ａの駆動力によって、その場で（上下に移動せずに）回転するように設けられている。ナット８１５ｂの回転によってプローブ８１３が昇降する。 A screw 813a forming a lead screw mechanism is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the probe 813. A nut 815b is screwed onto the screw 813a. The lower unit 8C includes a motor 815a, and the nut 815b is provided so as to be rotated in place (without moving up and down) by the driving force of the motor 815a. The rotation of the nut 815b moves the probe 813 up and down.
　＜４－４．中部ユニット＞
　中部ユニット８Ｂについて図５及び図９を参照して説明する。図９は中部ユニット８Ｂの模式図である。中部ユニット８Ｂは抽出容器９を支持する支持ユニット８１Ｂを含む。支持ユニット８１Ｂは上述したアーム部材８２０の他、ロック機構８２１を支持するユニット本体８１Ｂ’を含む。 <4-4. Chubu Unit>
The middle unit 8B will be described with reference to FIGS. 5 and 9. FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the middle unit 8B. The middle unit 8B includes a support unit 81B that supports the extraction container 9. The support unit 81B includes a unit body 81B ′ that supports the lock mechanism 821 in addition to the arm member 820 described above.
　ロック機構８２１は、蓋ユニット９１を容器本体９０に対して閉状態に維持する機構である。ロック機構８２１は、蓋ユニット９１の鍔部９１１ｃと容器本体９０のフランジ部９０ｃとを上下に挟持する一対の把持部材８２１ａを含む。一対の把持部材８２１ａは、鍔部９１１ｃとフランジ部９０ｃとを挟み込んで嵌合するＣ字型の断面を有しており、モータ８２２の駆動力により左右方向に開閉される。一対の把持部材８２１ａが閉状態の場合、図９の囲み図において実線で示すように、各把持部材８２１ａは鍔部９１１ｃとフランジ部９０ｃとを上下に挟み込むようにしてこれらに嵌合し、蓋ユニット９１が容器本体９０に対して気密にロックされる。このロック状態においては、保持部材８０１を昇降軸８０２によって上昇させて蓋ユニット９１を開放しようとしても、蓋ユニット９１は移動しない（ロックは解除されない）。つまり、保持部材８０１を用いて蓋ユニット９１を開放する力よりもロック機構８２１によるロックの力の方が強く設定されている。これにより異常時に容器本体９０に対して蓋ユニット９１が開状態になることを防止することができる。 The lock mechanism 821 is a mechanism that keeps the lid unit 91 closed with respect to the container body 90. The lock mechanism 821 includes a pair of gripping members 821a that vertically clamps the flange portion 911c of the lid unit 91 and the flange portion 90c of the container body 90. The pair of gripping members 821a have a C-shaped cross section in which the flange portion 911c and the flange portion 90c are sandwiched and fitted, and are opened and closed in the left-right direction by the driving force of the motor 822. When the pair of gripping members 821a is in the closed state, as shown by the solid line in the surrounding view of FIG. 9, each gripping member 821a fits the flange part 911c and the flange part 90c by vertically sandwiching them, The unit 91 is hermetically locked to the container body 90. In this locked state, the lid unit 91 does not move (the lock is not released) even if the holding unit 801 is lifted by the elevating shaft 802 to open the lid unit 91. That is, the locking force of the lock mechanism 821 is set to be stronger than the force of opening the lid unit 91 using the holding member 801. Accordingly, it is possible to prevent the lid unit 91 from being opened with respect to the container body 90 at the time of abnormality.
　また、一対の把持部材８２１ａが開状態の場合、図９の囲み図において破線で示すように、鍔部９１１ｃとフランジ部９０ｃから各把持部材８２１ａが離間した状態となり、蓋ユニット９１と容器本体９０とのロックが解除される。 Further, when the pair of gripping members 821a is in the open state, as shown by the broken line in the surrounding view of FIG. 9, the gripping members 821a are separated from the flange portion 911c and the flange portion 90c, and the lid unit 91 and the container body 90 are separated. And are unlocked.
　保持部材８０１が蓋ユニット９１を保持した状態にあり、かつ、保持部材８０１を降下位置から上昇位置に上昇する場合、一対の把持部材８２１ａが開状態の場合には容器本体９０から蓋ユニット９１が分離される。逆に一対の把持部材８２１ａが閉状態の場合には蓋ユニット９１に対する保持部材８０１が解除され、保持部材８０１だけが上昇することになる。 When the holding member 801 is holding the lid unit 91 and the holding member 801 is raised from the lowered position to the raised position, the lid unit 91 is removed from the container body 90 when the pair of gripping members 821a is in the open state. To be separated. Conversely, when the pair of gripping members 821a is in the closed state, the holding member 801 for the lid unit 91 is released, and only the holding member 801 moves up.
　中部ユニット８Ｂは、また、モータ８２３を駆動源としてアーム部材８２０を前後方向に水平移動する機構を含む。これにより、アーム部材８２０に支持された容器本体９０を後側の抽出位置（状態ＳＴ１）と、前側の豆投入位置（状態ＳＴ２）との間で移動することができる。豆投入位置は、容器本体９０に挽き豆を投入する位置であり、蓋ユニット９１が分離された容器本体９０の開口９０ａに、グラインダ５Ｂで挽かれた挽き豆が排出管５Ｃから投入される。換言すると、排出管５Ｃの位置は、豆投入位置に位置している容器本体９０の上方である。 The middle unit 8B also includes a mechanism for horizontally moving the arm member 820 in the front-rear direction using the motor 823 as a drive source. As a result, the container body 90 supported by the arm member 820 can be moved between the rear extraction position (state ST1) and the front bean insertion position (state ST2). The bean charging position is a position at which ground beans are charged in the container body 90, and ground beans ground by the grinder 5B are charged from the discharge pipe 5C into the opening 90a of the container body 90 from which the lid unit 91 is separated. In other words, the position of the discharge pipe 5C is above the container body 90 located at the bean charging position.
　抽出位置は、容器本体９０が操作ユニット８１Ａ及び操作ユニット８１Ｃによる操作が可能となる位置であり、プローブ８０３、８１３と同軸上の位置であって、コーヒー液の抽出を行う位置である。抽出位置は豆投入位置よりも奥側の位置である。図５、図７及び図８はいずれも容器本体９０が抽出位置にある場合を示している。このように、挽き豆の投入と、コーヒー液の抽出及び水の供給とで、容器本体９０の位置を異ならせることにより、コーヒー液抽出時に発生する湯気が、挽き豆の供給部である排出管５Ｃに付着することを防止できる。 The extraction position is a position where the container body 90 can be operated by the operation unit 81A and the operation unit 81C, is a position coaxial with the probes 803 and 813, and is a position where coffee liquid is extracted. The extraction position is a position on the back side of the bean charging position. 5, 7, and 8 all show the case where the container body 90 is in the extraction position. As described above, the position of the container body 90 is made different between the input of ground beans, the extraction of coffee liquid, and the supply of water, so that the steam generated during coffee liquid extraction is the discharge pipe that is the ground bean supply unit. It can be prevented from adhering to 5C.
　中部ユニット８Ｂは、また、モータ８２４を駆動源として支持ユニット８１Ｂを前後方向の軸８２５回りに回転させる機構を含む。これにより、容器本体９０（抽出容器９）の姿勢をネック部９０ｂが上側の正立姿勢（状態ＳＴ１）からネック部９０ｂが下側の倒立姿勢（状態ＳＴ３）へ変化させることができる。抽出容器９の回動中は、ロック機構８２１により容器本体９０に蓋ユニット９１がロックされた状態が維持される。正立姿勢と倒立姿勢とで抽出容器９は上下が反転される。正立姿勢における凸部９０１ｃの位置に、倒立姿勢では凸部９１１ｄが位置する。また、正立姿勢における凸部９１１ｄの位置に、倒立姿勢では凸部９０１ｃが位置する。このため、倒立姿勢では弁９０３に対する開閉操作を操作ユニット８１Ａが行うことができ、また、弁９１３に対する開閉操作を操作ユニット８１Ｃが行うことができる。 The middle unit 8B also includes a mechanism for rotating the support unit 81B around the shaft 825 in the front-rear direction using the motor 824 as a drive source. As a result, the posture of the container body 90 (extraction container 9) can be changed from the upright posture (state ST1) in which the neck portion 90b is upward to the inverted posture (state ST3) in which the neck portion 90b is downward. During the rotation of the extraction container 9, the lock mechanism 821 keeps the lid unit 91 locked to the container body 90. The extraction container 9 is turned upside down in the upright posture and the inverted posture. In the upright posture, the convex portion 911d is located at the position of the convex portion 901c in the upright posture. Further, the convex portion 901c is located in the inverted posture at the position of the convex portion 911d in the upright posture. Therefore, in the inverted posture, the operation unit 81A can perform the opening / closing operation on the valve 903, and the operation unit 81C can perform the opening / closing operation on the valve 913.
　＜５．制御装置＞
　図１０を参照して飲料製造装置１の制御装置１１について説明する。図１０は制御装置１１のブロック図である。 <5. Controller>
The control device 11 of the beverage manufacturing device 1 will be described with reference to FIG. 10. FIG. 10 is a block diagram of the control device 11.
　制御装置１１は飲料製造装置１の全体を制御する。制御装置１１は、処理部１１ａ、記憶部１１ｂ及びＩ／Ｆ（インタフェース）部１１ｃを含む。処理部１１ａは例えばＣＰＵ等のプロセッサである。記憶部１１ｂは例えばＲＡＭやＲＯＭである。Ｉ／Ｆ部１１ｃは外部デバイスと処理部１１ａとの間の信号の入出力を行う入出力インタフェースを含む。Ｉ／Ｆ部１１ｃは、また、インターネットなどの通信ネットワーク１５を介してサーバ１６とデータ通信が可能な通信インタフェースを含む。サーバ１６は、通信ネットワーク１５を介してスマートフォン等の携帯端末１７との通信が可能であり、例えば、飲料の需要者の携帯端末１７から飲料製造の予約や、感想などの情報を受信可能である。 The control device 11 controls the entire beverage manufacturing device 1. The control device 11 includes a processing unit 11a, a storage unit 11b, and an I / F (interface) unit 11c. The processing unit 11a is a processor such as a CPU. The storage unit 11b is, for example, a RAM or a ROM. The I / F unit 11c includes an input / output interface that inputs and outputs signals between the external device and the processing unit 11a. The I / F unit 11c also includes a communication interface capable of data communication with the server 16 via the communication network 15 such as the Internet. The server 16 can communicate with a mobile terminal 17 such as a smartphone via the communication network 15, and can receive information such as a beverage manufacturing reservation and impressions from the mobile terminal 17 of a beverage consumer, for example. ..
　処理部１１ａは記憶部１１ｂに記憶されたプログラムを実行し、情報表示装置１２からの指示或いはセンサ群１３の検出結果若しくはサーバ１６からの指示に基づいて、アクチュエータ群１４を制御する。センサ群１３は飲料製造装置１に設けられた各種のセンサ（例えばお湯の温度センサ、機構の動作位置検出センサ、圧力センサ等）である。アクチュエータ群１４は飲料製造装置１に設けられた各種のアクチュエータ（例えばモータ、電磁弁、ヒーター等）である。 The processing unit 11a executes the program stored in the storage unit 11b, and controls the actuator group 14 based on an instruction from the information display device 12 or a detection result of the sensor group 13 or an instruction from the server 16. The sensor group 13 is various sensors (for example, a hot water temperature sensor, a mechanism operating position detection sensor, a pressure sensor, etc.) provided in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1. The actuator group 14 is various actuators (for example, a motor, a solenoid valve, a heater, etc.) provided in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1.
　＜６．動作制御例＞
　処理部１１ａが実行する飲料製造装置１の制御処理例について図１１Ａ（Ａ）及び（Ｂ）を参照して説明する。図１１（Ａ）は一回のコーヒー飲料製造動作に関わる制御例を示している。製造指示前の飲料製造装置１の状態を待機状態と呼ぶ。待機状態における各機構の状態は以下の通りである。 <6. Operation control example>
An example of the control processing of the beverage manufacturing device 1 executed by the processing unit 11a will be described with reference to FIGS. 11A (A) and 11 (B). FIG. 11 (A) shows an example of control relating to one coffee beverage manufacturing operation. The state of the beverage production device 1 before the production instruction is called a standby state. The state of each mechanism in the standby state is as follows.
　抽出装置３は図５の状態にある。抽出容器９は正立姿勢で、かつ、抽出位置に位置している。ロック機構８２１は閉状態であり、蓋ユニット９１は容器本体９０の開口９０ａを閉鎖している。保持部材８０１は降下位置にあり、凸部９１１ｄに装着されている。保持部材８１１は上昇位置にあり、凸部９０１ｃに装着されている。弁９０３及び９１３は閉状態にある。切替弁１０ａは操作ユニット８Ｃの連通部８１０ａを廃棄タンクＴと連通させる。 The extraction device 3 is in the state shown in FIG. The extraction container 9 is in an upright posture and is located at the extraction position. The lock mechanism 821 is in the closed state, and the lid unit 91 closes the opening 90a of the container body 90. The holding member 801 is in the lowered position and is attached to the convex portion 911d. The holding member 811 is in the raised position and is attached to the convex portion 901c. Valves 903 and 913 are closed. The switching valve 10a connects the communication portion 810a of the operation unit 8C to the waste tank T.
　待機状態において、コーヒー飲料の製造指示があると、図１１（Ａ）の処理が実行される。Ｓ１では予熱処理が実行される。この処理は容器本体９０内にお湯を注ぎ、容器本体９０を事前に加温する処理である。まず、弁９０３及び９１３を開状態とする。これにより、配管Ｌ３、抽出容器９、廃棄タンクＴが連通状態となる。 In the standby state, if there is a coffee beverage manufacturing instruction, the process of FIG. 11 (A) is executed. In S1, preheat treatment is performed. This process is a process of pouring hot water into the container body 90 to preheat the container body 90. First, the valves 903 and 913 are opened. As a result, the pipe L3, the extraction container 9, and the waste tank T are in communication with each other.
　電磁弁７２ｉを所定時間（例えば１５００ｍｓ）だけ開放したのちに閉鎖する。これにより、水タンク７２から抽出容器９内にお湯が注入される。続いて電磁弁７３を所定時間（例えば５００ｍｓ）だけ開放したのちに閉鎖する。これにより、抽出容器９内の空気が加圧され、廃棄タンクＴへのお湯の排出を促進する。以上の処理により、抽出容器９の内部及び配管Ｌ２が予熱され、これに続くコーヒー飲料の製造において、お湯が冷めることを低減できる。 -The solenoid valve 72i is opened for a predetermined time (for example, 1500 ms) and then closed. As a result, hot water is poured into the extraction container 9 from the water tank 72. Subsequently, the electromagnetic valve 73 is opened for a predetermined time (for example, 500 ms) and then closed. As a result, the air in the extraction container 9 is pressurized, and the discharge of hot water to the waste tank T is promoted. By the above processing, the inside of the extraction container 9 and the pipe L2 are preheated, and it is possible to reduce the cooling of the hot water in the subsequent production of the coffee beverage.
　Ｓ２ではグラインド処理を行う。ここでは焙煎コーヒー豆を粉砕し、その挽き豆を容器本体９０に投入する。まず、ロック機構８２１を開状態とし、保持部材８０１を上昇位置に上昇する。蓋ユニット９１は保持部材８０１に保持され、保持部材８０１と共に上昇する。この結果、蓋ユニット９１は容器本体９０から分離する。保持部材８１１は降下位置に降下する。容器本体９０を豆投入位置に移動する。続いて、貯留装置４及び粉砕装置５を作動する。これにより、貯留装置４から一杯分の焙煎コーヒー豆がグラインダ５Ａに供給される。グラインダ５Ａ及び５Ｂで焙煎コーヒー豆が二段階で挽かれ、かつ、分離装置６で不要物が分離される。挽き豆は容器本体９０に投入される。 Grind processing is performed in S2. Here, the roasted coffee beans are crushed and the ground beans are put into the container body 90. First, the lock mechanism 821 is opened and the holding member 801 is raised to the raised position. The lid unit 91 is held by the holding member 801, and rises together with the holding member 801. As a result, the lid unit 91 is separated from the container body 90. The holding member 811 descends to the descending position. The container body 90 is moved to the bean charging position. Then, the storage device 4 and the crushing device 5 are operated. As a result, one cup of roasted coffee beans is supplied from the storage device 4 to the grinder 5A. The roasted coffee beans are ground in two stages by the grinders 5A and 5B, and unnecessary substances are separated by the separating device 6. Ground beans are placed in the container body 90.
　容器本体９０を抽出位置に戻す。保持部材８０１を降下位置に降下して容器本体９０に蓋ユニット９１を装着する。ロック機構８２１を閉状態とし、蓋ユニット９１を容器本体９０に気密にロックする。保持部材８１１は上昇位置に上昇する。弁９０３、９１３のうち、弁９０３は開状態とし、弁９１３は閉状態とする。 Return the container body 90 to the extraction position. The holding member 801 is lowered to the lowered position, and the lid unit 91 is attached to the container body 90. The lock mechanism 821 is closed and the lid unit 91 is airtightly locked to the container body 90. The holding member 811 rises to the raised position. Of the valves 903 and 913, the valve 903 is opened and the valve 913 is closed.
　Ｓ３では抽出処理を行う。ここでは容器本体９０内の挽き豆からコーヒー液を抽出する。図１１（Ｂ）はＳ３の抽出処理のフローチャートである。 In S3, extraction processing is performed. Here, the coffee liquid is extracted from the ground beans in the container body 90. FIG. 11B is a flowchart of the extraction process of S3.
　Ｓ１１では抽出容器９内の挽き豆を蒸らすため、一杯分のお湯よりも少ない量のお湯を抽出容器９に注入する。ここでは、電磁弁７２ｉを所定時間（例えば５００ｍｓ）開放して閉鎖する。これにより、水タンク７２から抽出容器９内にお湯が注入される。その後、所定時間（例えば、５０００ｍｓ）待機してＳ１１の処理を終了する。この処理によって挽き豆を蒸らすことができる。挽き豆を蒸らすことで、挽き豆に含まれる炭酸ガスを放出させ、その後の抽出効果を高めることができる。 In S11, the ground beans in the extraction container 9 are steamed, so a smaller amount of hot water than the full amount of hot water is poured into the extraction container 9. Here, the electromagnetic valve 72i is opened and closed for a predetermined time (for example, 500 ms). As a result, hot water is poured into the extraction container 9 from the water tank 72. Then, after waiting for a predetermined time (for example, 5000 ms), the process of S11 ends. By this process, ground beans can be steamed. By steaming the ground beans, carbon dioxide gas contained in the ground beans can be released and the subsequent extraction effect can be enhanced.
　Ｓ１２では、一杯分のお湯が抽出容器９に収容されるよう、残りの量のお湯を抽出容器９へ注入する。ここでは、電磁弁７２ｉを所定時間（例えば７０００ｍｓ）開放して閉鎖する。これにより、水タンク７２から抽出容器９内にお湯が注入される。 In S12, the remaining amount of hot water is poured into the extraction container 9 so that one cup of hot water is stored in the extraction container 9. Here, the electromagnetic valve 72i is opened and closed for a predetermined time (for example, 7000 ms). As a result, hot water is poured into the extraction container 9 from the water tank 72.
　Ｓ１２の処理によって抽出容器９内を、１気圧で摂氏１００度を超える温度（例えば摂氏１１０度程度）の状態とすることができる。続いてＳ１３により抽出容器９内を加圧する。ここでは電磁弁７３ｂを所定時間（例えば１０００ｍｓ）開放して閉鎖し、抽出容器９内をお湯が沸騰しない気圧（例えば４気圧程度（ゲージ圧で３気圧程度））に加圧する。その後、弁９０３を閉状態とする。 By the process of S12, the inside of the extraction container 9 can be brought to a state where the temperature exceeds 100 degrees Celsius at 1 atmosphere (for example, about 110 degrees Celsius). Then, the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized by S13. Here, the electromagnetic valve 73b is opened and closed for a predetermined time (for example, 1000 ms), and the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized to an atmospheric pressure (for example, about 4 atm (about 3 atm in gauge pressure)) where the hot water does not boil. Then, the valve 903 is closed.
　続いて、この状態を所定時間（例えば７０００ｍｓ）維持して浸漬式のコーヒー液抽出を行う（Ｓ１４）。これにより高温高圧下での浸漬式によるコーヒー液の抽出が行われる。高温高圧下での浸漬式の抽出では、以下の効果が見込める。一つ目は、高圧にすることで、挽き豆の内部にお湯を浸透させ易くし、コーヒー液の抽出を促進させることができる。二つ目は、高温にすることで、コーヒー液の抽出が促進される。三つ目は、高温にすることで挽き豆に含まれるオイルの粘性が下がり、オイルの抽出が促進される。これにより香り高いコーヒー飲料を製造できる。 Then, this state is maintained for a predetermined time (for example, 7,000 ms) to perform the soaking type coffee liquid extraction (S14). Thereby, the extraction of the coffee liquid is performed by the immersion method under high temperature and high pressure. The following effects can be expected in the immersion type extraction under high temperature and high pressure. First, by applying a high pressure, hot water can easily penetrate into the ground beans and the extraction of coffee liquid can be promoted. Second, high temperature accelerates extraction of coffee liquor. Third, the high temperature lowers the viscosity of the oil contained in ground beans and accelerates oil extraction. This makes it possible to produce a coffee drink with a high aroma.
　お湯（高温水）の温度は、摂氏１００度を超えていればよいが、より高温である方がコーヒー液の抽出の点で有利である。一方、お湯の温度を高くするためには一般にコストアップとなる。したがって、お湯の温度は、例えば、摂氏１０５度以上、または、摂氏１１０度以上、或いは、摂氏１１５度以上とし、また、例えば、摂氏１３０度以下、または、摂氏１２０度以下としてもよい。気圧はお湯が沸騰しない気圧であればよい。 The temperature of the hot water (high-temperature water) should be above 100 degrees Celsius, but the higher temperature is more advantageous in extracting the coffee liquid. On the other hand, increasing the temperature of the hot water generally increases the cost. Therefore, the temperature of the hot water may be, for example, 105 degrees Celsius or higher, 110 degrees Celsius or higher, or 115 degrees Celsius or higher, and may be 130 degrees Celsius or lower, or 120 degrees Celsius or lower, for example. The pressure may be any pressure that does not boil the hot water.
　Ｓ１５では抽出容器９内を減圧する。ここでは、抽出容器９内の気圧をお湯が沸騰する気圧に切り替える。具体的には、弁９１３を開状態とし、電磁弁７３ｃを所定時間（例えば１０００ｍｓ）開放して閉鎖する。抽出容器９内が大気に解放される。その後、弁９１３を再び閉状態とする。 In S15, the pressure inside the extraction container 9 is reduced. Here, the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9 is switched to the atmospheric pressure at which the hot water boils. Specifically, the valve 913 is opened, and the electromagnetic valve 73c is opened for a predetermined time (for example, 1000 ms) and closed. The inside of the extraction container 9 is opened to the atmosphere. Then, the valve 913 is closed again.
　抽出容器９内が沸点圧よりも低い気圧に急激に減圧され、抽出容器９内のお湯が一気に沸騰する。抽出容器９内のお湯、挽き豆は、抽出容器９内で爆発的に飛散する。これにより、お湯を均一に沸騰させることができる。また、挽き豆の細胞壁の破壊を促進させることができ、その後のコーヒー液の抽出を更に促進させることができる。また、この沸騰により挽き豆とお湯を撹拌させることもできるため、コーヒー液の抽出を促進させることができる。こうして本実施形態ではコーヒー液の抽出効率を向上することができる。 The inside of the extraction container 9 is suddenly depressurized to a pressure lower than the boiling point pressure, and the hot water in the extraction container 9 boils at a dash. Hot water and ground beans in the extraction container 9 explosively scatter in the extraction container 9. Thereby, the hot water can be boiled uniformly. Further, it is possible to promote the destruction of the cell wall of ground beans and further accelerate the subsequent extraction of coffee liquor. In addition, since the ground beans and hot water can be stirred by this boiling, extraction of the coffee liquid can be promoted. Thus, in this embodiment, the extraction efficiency of coffee liquid can be improved.
　Ｓ１６では抽出容器９を正立姿勢から倒立姿勢へ反転する。ここでは、保持部材８０１を上昇位置に、保持部材８１１を降下位置にそれぞれ移動する。そして、支持ユニット８１Ｂを回転させる。その後、保持部材８０１を降下位置に、保持部材８１１を上昇位置にそれぞれ戻す。倒立姿勢の抽出容器９は、ネック部９０ｂや蓋ユニット９１が下側に位置することになる。 In S16, the extraction container 9 is inverted from the upright position to the inverted position. Here, the holding member 801 is moved to the raised position and the holding member 811 is moved to the lowered position. Then, the support unit 81B is rotated. Then, the holding member 801 is returned to the lowered position, and the holding member 811 is returned to the raised position. The neck portion 90b and the lid unit 91 of the extraction container 9 in the inverted posture are located on the lower side.
　Ｓ１７では透過式のコーヒー液抽出を行い、カップＣにコーヒー飲料を送出する。ここでは、切替弁１０ａを切り替えて注ぎ部１０ｃと操作ユニット８１Ｃの通路部８１０ａとを連通させる。また、弁９０３、９１３をいずれも開状態とする。更に、電磁弁７３ｂを所定時間（例えば１００００ｍｓ）開放し、抽出容器９内を所定気圧（例えば１．７気圧（ゲージ圧で０．７気圧））にする。抽出容器９内において、コーヒー液がお湯に溶け込んだコーヒー飲料が蓋ユニット９１に設けたフィルタを透過してカップＣに送出される。フィルタは挽き豆の残渣が漏出することを規制する。以上により抽出処理が終了する。 In S17, a transparent coffee liquid extraction is performed and the coffee beverage is delivered to cup C. Here, the switching valve 10a is switched so that the pouring portion 10c communicates with the passage portion 810a of the operation unit 81C. Further, the valves 903 and 913 are both opened. Further, the electromagnetic valve 73b is opened for a predetermined time (for example, 10,000 ms) to bring the inside of the extraction container 9 to a predetermined atmospheric pressure (for example, 1.7 atmospheric pressure (gauge pressure: 0.7 atmospheric pressure)). In the extraction container 9, the coffee beverage in which the coffee liquid is dissolved in the hot water passes through the filter provided in the lid unit 91 and is delivered to the cup C. The filter controls the leakage of ground bean residues. The extraction process is completed as described above.
　本実施形態では、Ｓ１４での浸漬式の抽出とＳ１７での透過式の抽出とを併用することによりコーヒー液の抽出効率を向上できる。抽出容器９が正立姿勢の状態では、挽き豆が胴部９０ｅから底部９０ｆに渡って堆積する。一方、抽出容器９が倒立姿勢の状態では、挽き豆が肩部９０ｄからネック部９０ｂに渡って堆積する。ネック部９０ｂの断面積よりも胴部９０ｅの断面積の方が大きく、倒立姿勢での挽き豆の堆積厚さは正立姿勢での堆積厚さよりも厚くなる。つまり、挽き豆は抽出容器９が正立姿勢の状態では相対的に薄く、広く堆積し、倒立姿勢の状態では相対的に厚く、狭く堆積する。 In the present embodiment, the extraction efficiency of coffee liquid can be improved by using the immersion extraction in S14 and the permeation extraction in S17 together. When the extraction container 9 is in the upright posture, ground beans are accumulated from the body portion 90e to the bottom portion 90f. On the other hand, when the extraction container 9 is in the inverted posture, ground beans are accumulated from the shoulder portion 90d to the neck portion 90b. The cross-sectional area of the body portion 90e is larger than the cross-sectional area of the neck portion 90b, and the ground bean pile thickness in the inverted posture is thicker than that in the upright posture. That is, the ground beans are relatively thin and widely deposited when the extraction container 9 is in the upright posture, and relatively thick and narrowly deposited when the extraction container 9 is in the upright posture.
　本実施形態の場合、Ｓ１４の浸漬式抽出は抽出容器９が正立姿勢の状態で行われるので、お湯と挽き豆とを広範囲にわたって接触させることができ、コーヒー液の抽出効率を向上できる。但し、この場合はお湯と挽き豆とが部分的に接触する傾向にある。一方、Ｓ１７の透過式抽出は抽出容器９が倒立姿勢の状態で行われるので、お湯がより多くの挽き豆と接触しながら堆積した挽き豆を通過することになる。お湯がより万遍なく挽き豆と接触することになり、コーヒー液の抽出効率を更に向上することができる。 In the case of the present embodiment, since the dipping extraction in S14 is performed with the extraction container 9 in the upright posture, the hot water and the ground beans can be brought into contact with each other over a wide range, and the extraction efficiency of the coffee liquid can be improved. However, in this case, the hot water tends to partially contact the ground beans. On the other hand, since the transparent extraction of S17 is performed with the extraction container 9 in the inverted posture, the hot water passes through the accumulated ground beans while contacting more ground beans. The hot water comes into contact with the ground beans evenly, and the extraction efficiency of the coffee liquid can be further improved.
　図１１（Ａ）に戻り、Ｓ３の抽出処理の後は、Ｓ４の排出処理を行う。ここでは抽出容器９内の清掃に関する処理を行う。抽出容器９の清掃は、抽出容器９を倒立姿勢から正立姿勢に戻し、抽出容器９に水道水（浄水）を供給することで行う。そして、抽出容器９内を加圧し、抽出容器９内の水を挽き豆の残渣と共に廃棄タンクＴへ排出する。 Returning to FIG. 11 (A), after the extraction process of S3, the discharge process of S4 is performed. Here, a process related to cleaning the inside of the extraction container 9 is performed. Cleaning of the extraction container 9 is performed by returning the extraction container 9 from the inverted posture to the upright posture and supplying tap water (purified water) to the extraction container 9. Then, the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized, and the water in the extraction container 9 is discharged to the waste tank T together with the residue of ground beans.
　以上により一回のコーヒー飲料製造処理が終了する。以降、同様の処理が製造指示毎に繰り返される。一回のコーヒー飲料の製造に要する時間は、例えば、６０～９０秒程度である。 Due to the above, one coffee beverage manufacturing process is completed. After that, the same processing is repeated for each manufacturing instruction. The time required to manufacture one coffee beverage is, for example, about 60 to 90 seconds.
　＜７．装置構成についての小括＞
　上述のとおり、飲料製造装置１は、豆処理装置２および抽出装置３を製造部として備え、より詳細には、豆処理装置２は、貯留装置４及び粉砕装置５を含み、抽出装置３は、流体供給ユニット７、駆動ユニット８、抽出容器９及び切替ユニット１０を含む（図２、図３等参照）。粉砕装置５は、一杯分の焙煎コーヒー豆を貯留装置４から受け取り、グラインダ５Ａ及び５Ｂにより二段階の豆挽きを行う。このとき、挽き豆からチャフ等の不要物が分離装置６により分離される。該挽き豆が抽出容器９に投入された後、流体供給ユニット７による抽出容器９への注湯、駆動ユニット８による抽出容器９の姿勢の反転、切替ユニット１０による抽出容器９からカップＣへの液体の送出等を経て、一杯分の飲料が提供される。 <7. Summary of device configuration>
As described above, the beverage manufacturing device 1 includes the bean processing device 2 and the extraction device 3 as a manufacturing unit. More specifically, the bean processing device 2 includes the storage device 4 and the crushing device 5, and the extraction device 3 includes The fluid supply unit 7, the drive unit 8, the extraction container 9, and the switching unit 10 are included (refer FIG. 2, FIG. 3, etc.). The crushing device 5 receives one cup of roasted coffee beans from the storage device 4 and grinds the beans in two stages by the grinders 5A and 5B. At this time, unnecessary substances such as chaff are separated from the ground beans by the separating device 6. After the ground beans are put into the extraction container 9, the fluid supply unit 7 pours the water into the extraction container 9, the drive unit 8 reverses the posture of the extraction container 9, and the switching unit 10 moves the extraction container 9 to the cup C. A drink for one cup is provided through delivery of liquid and the like.
　上記製造部の一部は、全体が透過部である透明カバーとして構成されたカバー部１０２により覆われており、ユーザ（例えば装置１の管理者、飲料の需要者等）が装置１外部から視認可能となっている。本実施形態においては、上記製造部のうち、貯留装置４の一部である複数のキャニスタ４０が露出され、他の要素は実質的にハウジング１００内に収容されているものとするが、他の実施形態として、製造部の全部はハウジング１００内に収容されていてもよい。換言すると、カバー部１０２は、製造部の少なくとも一部を覆うように設けられればよい。 A part of the manufacturing unit is covered by a cover unit 102 configured as a transparent cover which is a transparent unit, and a user (for example, an administrator of the device 1 or a consumer of the beverage) visually recognizes it from the outside of the device 1. It is possible. In the present embodiment, the plurality of canisters 40 that are a part of the storage device 4 of the manufacturing unit are exposed, and the other elements are substantially housed in the housing 100. As an embodiment, the entire manufacturing unit may be housed in the housing 100. In other words, the cover part 102 may be provided so as to cover at least a part of the manufacturing part.
　製造部の少なくとも一部がカバー部１０２により装置１外部から視認可能に覆われていることで、例えば、ユーザが装置１の管理者の場合には、該管理者は飲料の製造準備と共に装置の動作点検を行うことも可能な場合がある。ユーザが飲料の購入者の場合には、該購入者は飲料に対する期待感を高めながら該飲料の製造完了を待機可能な場合がある。例えば、抽出装置３の抽出容器９がカバー部１０２を介して装置１外部から視認可能であり、飲料を製造する幾つかのプロセスのうちユーザにとって比較的関心度の高い抽出工程が観察可能である。駆動ユニット８は抽出容器９の姿勢を変化させる姿勢変化ユニットとして作用し、前述のとおり、抽出容器９は、製造部において上下反転が可能な可動部分となっている。よって、この抽出容器９の反転動作は、ユーザの興味を比較的惹きやすく、これをユーザにより観察可能とすることで、ユーザを楽しませることが可能な場合がある。 Since at least a part of the manufacturing unit is covered by the cover unit 102 so as to be visible from the outside of the device 1, for example, when the user is the administrator of the device 1, the administrator can prepare the beverage and prepare the device. It may also be possible to perform an operational check. When the user is a purchaser of a beverage, the purchaser may be able to wait for the completion of the production of the beverage while increasing the expectations of the beverage. For example, the brewing container 9 of the brewing device 3 is visible from the outside of the device 1 via the cover portion 102, and the brewing process which is of relatively high interest to the user can be observed among the several processes for producing a beverage. .. The drive unit 8 acts as a posture changing unit that changes the posture of the extraction container 9, and as described above, the extraction container 9 is a movable portion that can be turned upside down in the manufacturing section. Therefore, this reversing operation of the extraction container 9 is relatively easy to attract the user's interest, and it may be possible to entertain the user by making it observable by the user.
　一方、飲料製造装置１により提供される飲料の一層の品質向上のため、例えば、プロセスの改善、それを実現するための装置１の構成面、制御面等、多様な側面での改善も求められる。一例として、装置１が備える一部の要素に変更を加えることが挙げられる。以下では、図１２～図１４を参照しながら、図３の水タンク７２として機能可能な送液量調節装置７２０の例を述べる。 On the other hand, in order to further improve the quality of the beverage provided by the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1, for example, improvement of the process, improvement of various aspects such as the configuration and control aspects of the apparatus 1 for realizing the same are required. .. As an example, it is possible to change some elements included in the device 1. Hereinafter, an example of the liquid delivery amount adjusting device 720 that can function as the water tank 72 of FIG. 3 will be described with reference to FIGS. 12 to 14.
　＜８．送液量調節装置の構成例＞
　図１２は、送液量調節装置７２０の概要図を示す。また、図１３は、図１２のＩＶ－ＩＶ線断面図及び別例の断面図（構成例ＥＸ３１）を示す。送液量調節装置７２０は、水タンク７２と同様、コーヒー飲料を構成するお湯（水）を蓄積するタンクであるとともに、一定量のお湯を送出する機能を有する装置である。これにより、一杯分のコーヒー飲料に必要なお湯を順次送出することが可能であり、その際のお湯の量を変更することも可能である。以下の説明において、水タンク７２に関連する構成と同じ機能を有する構成については、同じ符号を付している。 <8. Configuration example of liquid delivery volume control device>
FIG. 12 shows a schematic diagram of the liquid delivery amount adjusting device 720. 13 shows a cross-sectional view taken along the line IV-IV of FIG. 12 and a cross-sectional view of another example (configuration example EX31). Like the water tank 72, the liquid delivery amount adjusting device 720 is a device that stores hot water (water) that composes a coffee beverage and that has a function of sending a fixed amount of hot water. As a result, the hot water required for one cup of coffee beverage can be sequentially delivered, and the amount of hot water at that time can be changed. In the following description, components having the same functions as the components related to the water tank 72 are designated by the same reference numerals.
　送液量調節装置７２０は、お湯を蓄積するタンク７２０ａを有する。タンク７２０ａの外壁は、周壁７２１、周壁７２１の上端部に接合された上壁７２３、及び、周壁７２１の下端部に接合された底壁７２４を含み、図１３の断面図に示すようにタンク７２０ａは全体として円筒形状を有している。タンク７２０ａ内には仕切壁７２２が設けられており、その内部空間が仕切壁７２２によって、外側の円筒状の空間７２５と、内側の円柱状の空間７２６Ａとに区画されている。本例の場合、仕切壁７２２は周壁７２１と同心に配置された円筒形状の壁体であるが、図１３の構成例ＥＸ３１に示すように仕切壁７２２が周壁７２１に対して偏心していてもよい。 The liquid delivery volume adjusting device 720 has a tank 720a for accumulating hot water. The outer wall of the tank 720a includes a peripheral wall 721, an upper wall 723 joined to the upper end of the peripheral wall 721, and a bottom wall 724 joined to the lower end of the peripheral wall 721. As shown in the cross-sectional view of FIG. Has a cylindrical shape as a whole. A partition wall 722 is provided in the tank 720a, and the internal space thereof is partitioned by the partition wall 722 into an outer cylindrical space 725 and an inner cylindrical space 726A. In the case of this example, the partition wall 722 is a cylindrical wall body arranged concentrically with the peripheral wall 721, but the partition wall 722 may be eccentric with respect to the peripheral wall 721 as shown in the configuration example EX31 of FIG. .
　空間７２５はお湯を貯留する貯留部を構成する。空間７２５のことを貯留部７２５とも呼ぶ。空間７２６Ａの上部には可動部材７２７ｃが配置され、その下部の空間７２６はお湯を貯留する貯留部を構成する。空間７２６のことを貯留部７２６とも呼ぶ。貯留部７２５と貯留部７２６とを共通の壁体である仕切壁７２２で仕切ることにより、別々の壁体で区画するよりも、タンク７２０ａの小型化が可能となる。 The space 725 constitutes a storage unit that stores hot water. The space 725 is also referred to as a storage section 725. A movable member 727c is disposed above the space 726A, and the space 726 below the movable member 727c constitutes a storage unit that stores hot water. The space 726 is also referred to as a storage section 726. By partitioning the storage section 725 and the storage section 726 with the partition wall 722 that is a common wall body, it is possible to reduce the size of the tank 720a as compared with the case where the storage wall is partitioned by separate wall bodies.
　貯留部７２５には、貯留部７２５内の水を加温するヒーター７２ａ及び水の温度を計測する温度センサ７２ｂが設けられている。ヒーター７２ａは、温度センサ７２ｂの検出結果に基づいて、蓄積されるお湯の温度を所定の温度（ここでは摂氏１２０度）に維持する。ヒーター７２ａは、例えばお湯の温度が摂氏１１８度でＯＮとされ、摂氏１２０度でＯＦＦとされる。 The storage section 725 is provided with a heater 72a for heating the water in the storage section 725 and a temperature sensor 72b for measuring the temperature of the water. The heater 72a maintains the temperature of the hot water accumulated at a predetermined temperature (here, 120 degrees Celsius) based on the detection result of the temperature sensor 72b. The heater 72a is turned on when the temperature of the hot water is 118 degrees Celsius, and turned off when the temperature of the hot water is 120 degrees Celsius, for example.
　上壁７２３のうち、貯留部７２５を画定する部分には、リザーブタンク７１（図３参照）内の気圧が供給される配管が接続されており、ここには電磁弁７２ｆが設けられている。送液量調節装置７２０は、貯留部７２５内の気圧を検出するセンサ（不図示。例えば図３の圧力センサ７２ｇに相当するセンサ。）を備え、電磁弁７２ｆは、調圧弁７２ｅ（図３参照）で調圧された気圧の貯留部７２５への供給と遮断とを切り替える。電磁弁７２ｆは、貯留部７２５への水道水（浄水）の供給時を除き、貯留部７２５内の気圧が３気圧に維持されるように開閉制御される。 A pipe for supplying the atmospheric pressure in the reserve tank 71 (see FIG. 3) is connected to a portion of the upper wall 723 that defines the storage portion 725, and a solenoid valve 72f is provided here. The liquid delivery amount adjusting device 720 includes a sensor (not shown, for example, a sensor corresponding to the pressure sensor 72g in FIG. 3) that detects the atmospheric pressure in the storage portion 725, and the solenoid valve 72f includes the pressure regulating valve 72e (see FIG. 3). ) Switching between supply and cutoff of the atmospheric pressure regulated in) to the storage section 725. The electromagnetic valve 72f is controlled to open and close so that the atmospheric pressure in the storage section 725 is maintained at 3 atmospheric pressure except when tap water (purified water) is supplied to the storage section 725.
　上壁７２３のうち、貯留部７２５を画定する部分には、また、貯留部７２５を大気に連通させる配管が接続されており、ここには電磁弁７２ｈが設けられている。貯留部７２５への水道水の供給時には、水道水の水圧によって貯留部７２５に円滑に水道水が補給されるように、電磁弁７２ｈにより貯留部７２５の気圧を２．５気圧未満に減圧する。電磁弁７２ｈは水タンク７２内を大気に解放するか否かを切り替え、減圧時には貯留部７２５内を大気に解放する。また、電磁弁７２ｈは貯留部７２５への水道水の供給時以外に、貯留部７２５内の気圧が３気圧を超える場合に貯留部７２５を大気に解放し、貯留部７２５を３気圧に維持する。 A pipe that connects the reservoir 725 to the atmosphere is connected to a portion of the upper wall 723 that defines the reservoir 725, and a solenoid valve 72h is provided here. At the time of supplying tap water to the storage part 725, the atmospheric pressure of the storage part 725 is reduced to less than 2.5 atm by the solenoid valve 72h so that the tap part is smoothly replenished with tap water. The solenoid valve 72h switches whether to open the inside of the water tank 72 to the atmosphere, and opens the inside of the storage portion 725 to the atmosphere when the pressure is reduced. Further, the electromagnetic valve 72h releases the storage portion 725 to the atmosphere and maintains the storage portion 725 at 3 atmospheric pressure when the atmospheric pressure in the storage portion 725 exceeds 3 atmospheric pressure except when the tap water is supplied to the storing portion 725. ..
　底壁７２４のうち、貯留部７２５を画定する部分には、貯留部７２５に水道水を供給する配管Ｌ２が接続されており、ここには電磁弁７２ｄが設けられている。電磁弁７２ｄは、後述する水位センサ７２ｃの検出結果に基づき開閉制御され、貯留部７２５内のお湯の水位を制御する。 A pipe L2 for supplying tap water to the storage portion 725 is connected to a portion of the bottom wall 724 that defines the storage portion 725, and a solenoid valve 72d is provided here. The solenoid valve 72d is controlled to open and close based on the detection result of a water level sensor 72c, which will be described later, to control the water level of the hot water in the storage section 725.
　底壁７２４のうち、貯留部７２５を画定する部分には、また、貯留部７２５内のお湯を排出する配管Ｌ２’が接続されており、ここには電磁弁７２ｄ’が設けられている。電磁弁７２ｄ’は、貯留部７２５内のお湯を廃棄する場合に開放され、貯留部７２５内のお湯が配管Ｌ２’へ排出される。 A pipe L2 'for discharging hot water in the storage portion 725 is connected to a portion of the bottom wall 724 that defines the storage portion 725, and a solenoid valve 72d' is provided here. The electromagnetic valve 72d 'is opened when the hot water in the storage portion 725 is discarded, and the hot water in the storage portion 725 is discharged to the pipe L2'.
　貯留部７２６は、可動部材７２７ｃの移動により、その容積が変更可能な空間である。貯留部７２６には、配管７２８ａ、電磁弁７２８及び配管７２８ｂを介して貯留部７２５からお湯が供給される。配管７２８ａは、底壁７２４のうち、貯留部７２５を画定する部分と電磁弁７２８との間を接続する。配管７２８ｂは、底壁７２４のうち、貯留部７２６を画定する部分と電磁弁７２８との間を接続する。 The storage section 726 is a space whose volume can be changed by moving the movable member 727c. Hot water is supplied to the reservoir 726 from the reservoir 725 via the pipe 728a, the solenoid valve 728, and the pipe 728b. The pipe 728a connects the portion of the bottom wall 724 that defines the storage portion 725 and the solenoid valve 728. The pipe 728b connects the portion of the bottom wall 724 that defines the storage portion 726 and the solenoid valve 728.
　図１２の例においては、電磁弁７２８は、三方向弁であり、配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ａとの連通及び遮断の切り替えと、配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ｃとの連通及び遮断の切り替えとを行うことができる。また、電磁弁７２８はいずれの配管同士も遮断することも可能である。配管７２８ｃは、貯留部７２６内のお湯を抽出容器９へ送出するための配管である。 In the example of FIG. 12, the solenoid valve 728 is a three-way valve, and can switch communication and cutoff between the pipe 728b and the pipe 728a and communication and cutoff between the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c. .. Further, the solenoid valve 728 can shut off any of the pipes. The pipe 728c is a pipe for delivering the hot water in the storage unit 726 to the extraction container 9.
　配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ａとの連通及び遮断とを切り替えることにより、貯留部７２５と貯留部７２６との連通と遮断とを切り替えることができる。配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ｃとの連通及び遮断とを切り替えることにより、貯留部７２６内のお湯の送出と貯留とを切り替えることができる。 By switching between communication and cutoff between the pipe 728b and the pipe 728a, communication and cutoff between the storage unit 725 and the storage unit 726 can be switched. By switching connection and disconnection between the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c, it is possible to switch between delivery and storage of hot water in the storage section 726.
　電磁弁７２８は、配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ａとを連通している場合、配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ｃとを遮断する。逆に、配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ｃとを連通している場合、配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ａとを遮断する。図中の電磁弁７２８に示す矢印は、電磁弁７２８の動作状態を示しており、図１２の例の場合、配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ｃとを連通し、配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ａとを遮断している状態を示している。 When the pipe 728b and the pipe 728a communicate with each other, the solenoid valve 728 shuts off the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c. Conversely, when the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c are in communication with each other, the pipe 728b and the pipe 728a are cut off. The arrow shown by the solenoid valve 728 in the drawing indicates the operating state of the solenoid valve 728. In the case of the example of FIG. 12, the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c are communicated with each other, and the pipe 728b and the pipe 728a are cut off. It shows the state.
　尚、ここでは、電磁弁７２８を三方向弁とすることで、一つの電磁弁７２８により、これらの切り替えを行うように構成した。しかし、配管７２８ｂを二つに分け、一方の配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ａとの連通及び遮断を切り替える弁と、他方の配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ｃとの連通及び遮断を切り替える弁と、を設けた構成も採用可能である。 Note that, here, the solenoid valve 728 is a three-way valve, and one solenoid valve 728 is used to switch between them. However, a configuration is also adopted in which the pipe 728b is divided into two, and a valve that switches communication and cutoff between the one pipe 728b and the pipe 728a and a valve that switches communication and cutoff between the other pipe 728b and the pipe 728c are provided. It is possible.
　送液量調節装置７２０は、駆動ユニット７２７を備える。駆動ユニット７２７は、貯留部７２６から送出する湯量に対応して制御され、貯留部７２６の容積を変化させる。コーヒーカップのサイズに応じて、一杯分の必要湯量が異なる。駆動ユニット７２７は、こうしたコーヒーカップのサイズ等に対応して適切な湯量が貯留部７２６から送出されるように、貯留部７２６の容積を調節する。 The liquid delivery volume adjusting device 720 includes a drive unit 727. The drive unit 727 is controlled according to the amount of hot water delivered from the storage section 726, and changes the volume of the storage section 726. The amount of hot water required for one cup varies depending on the size of the coffee cup. The drive unit 727 adjusts the volume of the storage section 726 so that an appropriate amount of hot water is delivered from the storage section 726 according to the size of the coffee cup or the like.
　駆動ユニット７２７は、可動部材７２７ｃを上下に移動させることで貯留部７２６の容積を変化させる機構である。可動部材７２７ｃは空間７２６Ａに挿入され、上下方向にスライドするように構成されたピストン状の部材であり、その底面７２７ｄが貯留部７２６の上側の壁体を構成する。この観点で、可動部材７２７ｃはピストンユニット等と称され、空間７２６Ａはシリンダユニット等と称されてもよい。底面７２７ｄの昇降により、貯留部７２６の容積が変化することになる。 The drive unit 727 is a mechanism that changes the volume of the storage section 726 by moving the movable member 727c up and down. The movable member 727c is a piston-shaped member that is inserted into the space 726A and configured to slide in the vertical direction, and the bottom surface 727d forms the upper wall of the storage section 726. From this viewpoint, the movable member 727c may be referred to as a piston unit or the like, and the space 726A may be referred to as a cylinder unit or the like. As the bottom surface 727d moves up and down, the volume of the storage portion 726 changes.
　なお、貯留部７２６の容積は、本例のようにその上側の壁体の位置を移動することにより変化させるのではなく、下側や側部の壁体の位置を移動させることにより変化させることも可能である。 Note that the volume of the storage part 726 is not changed by moving the position of the upper wall body as in this example, but is changed by moving the positions of the lower and side wall bodies. Is also possible.
　可動部材７２７ｃは、仕切壁７２２の内面とシールを構成するシール部材（不図示）を含み、仕切壁７２２の内面を液密に摺動する。但し、可動部材７２７ｃの周面には上下方向に延びる溝７２７ｅが形成されており、溝７２７ｅにおいて、仕切壁７２２の内面と隙間を有している。 The movable member 727c includes a seal member (not shown) that forms a seal with the inner surface of the partition wall 722, and slides on the inner surface of the partition wall 722 in a liquid-tight manner. However, a groove 727e extending in the up-down direction is formed on the peripheral surface of the movable member 727c, and the groove 727e has a gap with the inner surface of the partition wall 722.
　この溝７２７ｅは、仕切壁７２２を厚み方向に貫通する開口７２２ａと連通するように形成されている。開口７２２ａは、貯留部７２５のお湯の最高水位（後述するセンサ７３１ｂの位置）よりも上側の位置に形成されており、貯留部７２５と空間７２６Ａとを連通させる空気連通部である。開口７２２ａ及び溝７２７ｅを介して、貯留部７２５と貯留部７２６とで空気が連通し、これらの空間内の気圧は同じとなる。なお、貯留部７２５及び７２６を常時大気圧とする場合は、大気に連通する通路を個別に設けてもよい。 The groove 727e is formed so as to communicate with the opening 722a that penetrates the partition wall 722 in the thickness direction. The opening 722a is formed at a position higher than the highest water level of the hot water in the storage unit 725 (the position of the sensor 731b described below), and is an air communication unit that connects the storage unit 725 and the space 726A. Air communicates with the storage section 725 and the storage section 726 through the opening 722a and the groove 727e, and the atmospheric pressures in these spaces are the same. In addition, when the storage portions 725 and 726 are always kept at atmospheric pressure, a passage communicating with the atmosphere may be provided separately.
　駆動ユニット７２７は、駆動源として上壁７２３に支持されたモータ７２７ａを含み、また、可動部材７２７ｃを移動する移動機構としてネジ軸７２７ｂを含む。ネジ軸７２７ｂは上下方向に延設され、モータ７２７ａの駆動力により回転する。可動部材７２７ｃは、その上面に開口したネジ穴７２７ｆを有しており、このネジ穴７２７ｆにネジ軸７２７ｂが係合している。可動部材７２７ｃは不図示の回り止めがなされており、ネジ軸７２７ｂの回転により上下方向に移動する。回り止めは、例えば、仕切壁７２２の内面と可動部材７２７ｃの周面に設けた、上下方向に延びる凹部と凸部であってもよい。 The drive unit 727 includes a motor 727a supported by the upper wall 723 as a drive source, and a screw shaft 727b as a moving mechanism that moves the movable member 727c. The screw shaft 727b extends in the vertical direction and rotates by the driving force of the motor 727a. The movable member 727c has a screw hole 727f opened on the upper surface thereof, and the screw shaft 727b is engaged with the screw hole 727f. The movable member 727c is provided with a rotation stopper (not shown), and moves in the vertical direction by rotation of the screw shaft 727b. The whirl-stop may be, for example, a concave portion and a convex portion extending in the up-down direction provided on the inner surface of the partition wall 722 and the peripheral surface of the movable member 727c.
　ここでは、可動部材７２７ｃを移動させる移動機構として、ネジ軸７２７ｂとネジ穴７２７ｆとからなるネジ機構を用いたが、これに限られず、ラック－ピニオン機構等、他の機構も採用可能である。 Here, the screw mechanism including the screw shaft 727b and the screw hole 727f is used as the moving mechanism for moving the movable member 727c, but the present invention is not limited to this, and other mechanisms such as a rack-pinion mechanism can also be adopted.
　水位センサ７２ｃは、貯留部７２５のお湯の水位を測定する測定ユニットである。水位センサ７２ｃは、上下に延びる中空円柱状の貯留部７２９と、貯留部７２９内に設けられたフロート７３０と、フロート７３０を検知する下側のセンサ７３１ａ及び上側のセンサ７３１ｂとを含む。 The water level sensor 72c is a measurement unit that measures the water level of the hot water in the storage section 725. The water level sensor 72c includes a hollow cylindrical storage portion 729 extending vertically, a float 730 provided in the storage portion 729, and a lower sensor 731a and an upper sensor 731b that detect the float 730.
　貯留部７２９は、センサ７３１ａよりも下側の位置の連通部７２９ａで貯留部７２５と連通し、かつ、センサ７３１ｂよりも上側の位置の連通部７２９ｂで貯留部７２５と連通している。貯留部７２５のお湯は連通部７２９ａを介して貯留部７２９へ流入する。連通部７２９ｂは、貯留部７２５と貯留部７２９とを連通させる空気連通部であり、連通部７２９ｂを介して貯留部７２５と貯留部７２９とで空気が連通する。したがって、貯留部７２９のお湯の水位は貯留部７２５のお湯の水位と等しくなる。 The storage section 729 communicates with the storage section 725 at a communication section 729a located below the sensor 731a, and communicates with the storage section 725 at a communication section 729b located above the sensor 731b. Hot water in the storage section 725 flows into the storage section 729 via the communication section 729a. The communication part 729b is an air communication part that connects the storage part 725 and the storage part 729, and air communicates between the storage part 725 and the storage part 729 via the communication part 729b. Therefore, the water level of the hot water in the reservoir 729 becomes equal to the water level of the hot water in the reservoir 725.
　本例の場合、貯留部７２９は、ガラスやアクリルなど、透過性を有する部材で構成される。これにより、貯留部７２９のお湯の水位を外部から視認可能であり、その結果、貯留部７２５のお湯の水位をユーザが確認できることになる。無論、貯留部７２５の周壁（７２１）の一部に透過部を設けてその水位を視認可能とする構成も採用可能である。 In this example, the storage unit 729 is made of a transparent material such as glass or acrylic. Accordingly, the water level of the hot water in the storage section 729 can be visually recognized from the outside, and as a result, the user can check the water level of the hot water in the storage section 725. Of course, it is also possible to adopt a configuration in which a transparent part is provided on a part of the peripheral wall (721) of the storage part 725 to make the water level visible.
　フロート７３０は貯留部７２９内において、お湯に浮かぶものであればどのようなものでもよい。 The float 730 may be of any type as long as it floats in hot water in the storage unit 729.
　センサ７３１ａ及び７３１ｂは、例えば、光センサ（フォトインタラプタ）であり、フロート７３０を貯留部７２９の外部から検知する。センサ７３１ａによりフロート７３０が検知されると、電磁弁７２ｄを開放して貯留部７２５へ水が供給される。つまり、センサ７３１ａは貯留部７２５のお湯の水位の下限を監視する。水位の下限はヒーター７２ａよりも高い位置に設定されており、ヒーター７２ａによる空焚きを防止できる。 The sensors 731a and 731b are, for example, optical sensors (photo interrupters), and detect the float 730 from the outside of the storage unit 729. When the float 730 is detected by the sensor 731a, the electromagnetic valve 72d is opened and water is supplied to the storage section 725. That is, the sensor 731a monitors the lower limit of the water level of the hot water in the storage section 725. The lower limit of the water level is set to a position higher than that of the heater 72a, so that it is possible to prevent the heater 72a from heating the empty space.
　センサ７３１ｂによりフロート７３０が検知されると、電磁弁７２ｄを閉鎖して貯留部７２５への水の供給を停止する。つまり、センサ７３１ｂは貯留部７２５のお湯の水位の上限を監視する。 When the sensor 731b detects the float 730, the electromagnetic valve 72d is closed to stop the supply of water to the reservoir 725. That is, the sensor 731b monitors the upper limit of the water level of the hot water in the storage section 725.
　水位センサ７２ｃと同等の構成を貯留部７２５の内部に構築することも可能である。しかし、本例のように、貯留部７２５の外部に水位センサ７２ｃを構築することで、外部から貯留部７２５の水位を確認し易くなる。 It is also possible to build a structure equivalent to the water level sensor 72c inside the storage unit 725. However, by constructing the water level sensor 72c outside the storage section 725 as in this example, it becomes easier to confirm the water level in the storage section 725 from the outside.
　次に、図１４を参照して送液量調節装置７２０の動作例について説明する。まず、カップサイズ等に応じて、駆動ユニット７２７により貯留部７２６の容積が調節される。状態ＳＴ６１はその様子を示している。同図の例では、可動部材７２７ｃが降下し、貯留部７２６の容積が図１３の例よりも小さい容積にセットされている。電磁弁７２８は配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ｃとを連通しており、貯留部７２５から貯留部７２６へお湯は供給されない。 Next, an operation example of the liquid delivery amount adjusting device 720 will be described with reference to FIG. First, the volume of the storage portion 726 is adjusted by the drive unit 727 according to the cup size and the like. The state ST61 shows that state. In the example of the same figure, the movable member 727c is lowered, and the volume of the storage section 726 is set to a volume smaller than that of the example of FIG. The solenoid valve 728 connects the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c, and hot water is not supplied from the storage portion 725 to the storage portion 726.
　貯留部７２６の容積がセットされると駆動ユニット７２７を停止し、電磁弁７２８により配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ａとを連通させる。貯留部７２５と貯留部７２６とは気圧が同じであり、貯留部７２６はタンク７２０ａの底部側にある。このため、貯留部７２５のお湯の水頭圧により、貯留部７２５から貯留部７２６へお湯が供給される。本例の場合、貯留部７２５のお湯の最低水位（センサ７３１ａの位置）よりも低い位置に形成されているため、貯留部７２５と貯留部７２６とで常に水頭差が生じている（貯留部７２５のお湯の方が高い）。したがって、貯留部７２６が満杯になるまで貯留部７２５から貯留部７２６へお湯が供給される。状態ＳＴ６２は貯留部７２６が満杯になった状態を示している。溝７２７ｃにもお湯は進入するが、溝７２７ｃは空気の連通を確保できる程度の容積で足り、極小量とすることができる。 When the volume of the storage section 726 is set, the drive unit 727 is stopped, and the solenoid valve 728 connects the pipe 728b and the pipe 728a. The storage section 725 and the storage section 726 have the same atmospheric pressure, and the storage section 726 is on the bottom side of the tank 720a. Therefore, the hot water head pressure of the storage unit 725 supplies the hot water from the storage unit 725 to the storage unit 726. In the case of this example, since the water is formed at a position lower than the lowest level of the hot water in the storage section 725 (the position of the sensor 731a), the head difference is always generated between the storage section 725 and the storage section 726 (the storage section 725). Hot water is higher). Therefore, hot water is supplied from storage part 725 to storage part 726 until storage part 726 becomes full. The state ST62 shows a state in which the storage section 726 is full. Although the hot water also enters the groove 727c, the groove 727c has a sufficient volume to ensure the communication of air, and can have a very small amount.
　本例の場合、貯留部７２６にはヒーター７２ａを設けていないが、貯留部７２６は貯留部７２５に囲まれているので、貯留されるお湯の保温性能を確保することができる。なお、状態ＳＴ６２において駆動ユニット７２７によって貯留部７２６の容積を変化させてもよい。 In the case of this example, the storage section 726 is not provided with the heater 72a, but since the storage section 726 is surrounded by the storage section 725, it is possible to secure the heat retaining performance of the stored hot water. In addition, in the state ST62, the drive unit 727 may change the volume of the storage section 726.
　貯留部７２５から貯留部７２６へのお湯の供給は、他の方式も可能であるが、本例では貯留部７２５と貯留部７２６との水頭差を利用することで比較的単純な構成でお湯を供給することができる。 The hot water can be supplied from the storage unit 725 to the storage unit 726 by other methods, but in this example, the hot water can be supplied with a relatively simple structure by utilizing the head difference between the storage unit 725 and the storage unit 726. Can be supplied.
　次に、貯留部７２６に貯留されたお湯を送出する。状態ＳＴ６３に示すように、電磁弁７２８により配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ｃとを連通させることで、配管７２８ｃから抽出容器９へお湯を、自重又は貯留部７２６の気圧で送出することができる。お湯の送出開始後、電磁弁７２８の動作状態を、いずれの配管同士も遮断することで、貯留部７２６のお湯を段階的に送出することも可能である。例えば、蒸らし工程（図１１（Ｂ）のＳ１１）のために、お湯を送出して中断し、その後、残りのお湯を送出する工程（図１１（Ｂ）のＳ１２）を行うことも可能である。 Next, the hot water stored in the storage unit 726 is sent out. As shown in the state ST63, by connecting the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c with each other by the solenoid valve 728, hot water can be delivered from the pipe 728c to the extraction container 9 by its own weight or the atmospheric pressure of the storage section 726. After the start of hot water delivery, the hot water in the storage section 726 can be delivered in stages by shutting off the operating state of the solenoid valve 728 between both pipes. For example, for the steaming step (S11 of FIG. 11B), it is possible to send hot water and interrupt it, and then perform the step of sending the remaining hot water (S12 of FIG. 11B). ..
　いずれにしても、貯留部７２６に貯留されたお湯は全量を送出する。全量の送出確認は電磁弁７２８の開時間（配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ｃとの連通時間）で行うことができる。貯留部７２６に貯留されたお湯を一回送出する度に、制御弁７２ｄを開放してその分量に見合った水を貯留部７２５に供給してもよい。 In any case, all the hot water stored in the storage unit 726 is sent out. The delivery confirmation of the total amount can be performed by the opening time of the solenoid valve 728 (communication time between the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c). Each time the hot water stored in the storage unit 726 is delivered once, the control valve 72d may be opened to supply the storage unit 725 with water corresponding to the amount.
　上述の例によれば、お湯の送出量を調節することができる。液体の送出量の調節には、一般には、流量センサを用いてその検知結果により弁を開閉する制御が用いられる。しかし、高温の液体や特殊な液体の場合、対応可能な流量センサが市販されていないか高価な場合がある。これに対し、上述の例によれば、貯留部７２６の容積を調節する方式を採用することで流量センサを必要とせずにお湯の送出量を調節できる。 According to the above example, the amount of hot water delivered can be adjusted. In order to adjust the delivery amount of the liquid, generally, control for opening and closing the valve is used by using a flow rate sensor and the detection result. However, in the case of a high-temperature liquid or a special liquid, there is a case in which a compatible flow sensor is not commercially available or expensive. On the other hand, according to the above-described example, by adopting the method of adjusting the volume of the storage portion 726, the amount of hot water delivered can be adjusted without the need for the flow rate sensor.
　＜９．送液量調節装置を用いた場合の動作制御例＞
　上記送液量調節装置７２０を用いることにより、例えば、製造プロセスの一部を変更して飲料製造装置１により提供される飲料の一層の品質向上を図ることも可能となる。以下では、制御装置１１の処理部１１ａ（図１０参照）が実行する装置１の制御処理の一例を、図１５を参照しながら説明する。尚、以下において省略される説明については、前述の図１１（Ａ）及び図１１（Ｂ）の各ステップ並びに図１２～図１４の送液量調節装置７２０の動作内容を参照されたい。 <9. Example of operation control using a liquid delivery volume controller>
By using the liquid delivery amount adjusting device 720, it is possible to further improve the quality of the beverage provided by the beverage manufacturing device 1 by changing a part of the manufacturing process, for example. Hereinafter, an example of the control process of the device 1 executed by the processing unit 11a (see FIG. 10) of the control device 11 will be described with reference to FIG. For the description omitted below, refer to the above-described steps of FIGS. 11A and 11B and the operation content of the liquid delivery amount adjusting device 720 of FIGS. 12 to 14.
　図１５は、一回のコーヒー飲料製造動作に関わる制御例を示している。先ず、予熱処理Ｓ１は、少なくとも２回の加熱工程Ｓ１０１及びＳ１０２に分けられる（図１１（Ａ）のＳ１との区別のため、Ｓ１’とする。）。 FIG. 15 shows an example of control related to one coffee beverage manufacturing operation. First, the preheat treatment S1 is divided into at least two heating steps S101 and S102 (in order to distinguish it from S1 in FIG. 11A, it is referred to as S1 ').
　Ｓ１０１は、抽出容器９（容器本体９０）内にお湯を注ぎ、抽出容器９を事前に加温する処理である。先ず、電磁弁７２８を制御して配管７２８ａと配管７２８ｂとを連通させ、貯留部７２５から貯留部７２６に少量のお湯を移動させる。その後、電磁弁７２８を制御して配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ｃとを連通させ、配管Ｌ３を介して貯留部７２６のお湯を抽出容器９に送出する。続いて、電磁弁７３を制御して抽出容器９内を加圧し、抽出容器９内のお湯を廃棄タンクＴに排出する。 S101 is a process of pouring hot water into the extraction container 9 (container body 90) to preheat the extraction container 9. First, the solenoid valve 728 is controlled to connect the pipe 728a and the pipe 728b to each other, and a small amount of hot water is moved from the storage part 725 to the storage part 726. After that, the solenoid valve 728 is controlled to connect the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c, and the hot water in the storage portion 726 is sent to the extraction container 9 via the pipe L3. Then, the electromagnetic valve 73 is controlled to pressurize the inside of the extraction container 9 and discharge the hot water in the extraction container 9 to the waste tank T.
　Ｓ１０１により、抽出容器９の内部及び配管Ｌ２～Ｌ３が予熱され、後述の各工程における飲料の製造の間にお湯が冷めることを防ぐことができる。また、Ｓ１０１を行うことにより、前回ないし過去の抽出の際に生じた流路中の残渣（液体の残り等）を洗い流すことも可能な場合がある。 By S101, the inside of the extraction container 9 and the pipes L2 to L3 are preheated, and it is possible to prevent the hot water from being cooled during the production of the beverage in each step described later. Further, by performing S101, it may be possible to wash away the residue (remaining liquid, etc.) in the flow path that has occurred in the previous or past extraction.
　Ｓ１０２は、貯留部７２５及び７２６で生成された蒸気を容器本体９０内に供給し、抽出容器９の加熱を行う処理である。この蒸気は、貯留部７２５及び７２６内を減圧して貯留部７２５及び７２６内のお湯を沸騰させることにより生成可能であり、Ｓ１５（図１１（Ｂ）参照）同様の手順で実現可能である。抽出容器９への蒸気の供給または該蒸気を用いた抽出容器９の加熱が完了した後、電磁弁７２８を制御して配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ｃとを遮断する。 S102 is a process of supplying the steam generated in the storage sections 725 and 726 into the container body 90 to heat the extraction container 9. This steam can be generated by decompressing the insides of the storage parts 725 and 726 to boil the hot water in the storage parts 725 and 726, and can be realized by the same procedure as S15 (see FIG. 11B). After the supply of steam to the extraction container 9 or the heating of the extraction container 9 using the steam is completed, the electromagnetic valve 728 is controlled to disconnect the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c.
　Ｓ１０２を行うことにより、抽出容器９全体を均一に加熱することが可能となる。これにより、例えば挽き豆からムラのない液体の抽出を所望の温度で行うことが可能となり、結果として、飲料の品質が向上しうる。また、Ｓ１０２では、貯留部７２５及び７２６の気圧が下がり、その中の液体が沸騰を始めるため、液体を撹拌させて温度を均一化させることもできる。 By performing S102, the entire extraction container 9 can be heated uniformly. This makes it possible, for example, to extract a uniform liquid from ground beans at a desired temperature, and as a result the quality of the beverage can be improved. Further, in S102, the atmospheric pressure of the reservoirs 725 and 726 drops, and the liquid therein begins to boil, so that the liquid can be agitated to make the temperature uniform.
　付随的に、貯留部７２５及び７２６と抽出容器９とを接続する接続部として機能し且つそれらの間の流路を形成する配管Ｌ３についても、Ｓ１０２において、抽出容器９と共に加熱されることとなる。これにより、液体が配管Ｌ３を通過する際に、その液体が冷えてしまうこともない。 Additionally, the pipe L3 that functions as a connecting portion that connects the storage units 725 and 726 and the extraction container 9 and that forms a flow path between them is also heated together with the extraction container 9 in S102. .. Thereby, when the liquid passes through the pipe L3, the liquid does not cool.
　ここで、前述のとおり、抽出容器９は弁９０３及び９１３を有しており、これらは、上記抽出に用いられる液体としてのお湯、上記抽出により得られる飲料液（本例ではコーヒー液）或いはＳ１０２の加熱に用いられる蒸気についての入口または出口として作用する。本例においては、Ｓ１０２では、蒸気は弁９１３から抽出容器９内に流入し弁９０３から抽出容器９外に流出する。蒸気が弁９１３から抽出容器９内に流入する際、弁９０３は開放しており、これにより、この蒸気が抽出容器９内で液化して液体になった場合には、その液体が抽出容器９内に長時間留まることなく弁９０３から抽出容器９外に流出可能となる。この態様によれば、例えば、後述の各工程により飲料を製造する際に、該飲料の味、風味等が意図せずに薄まってしまうようなこともないため、飲料の高品質化に有利である。 Here, as described above, the extraction container 9 has the valves 903 and 913, which are hot water as a liquid used for the extraction, a beverage liquid (coffee liquid in this example) obtained by the extraction, or S102. Acts as an inlet or outlet for the steam used to heat the. In this example, in S102, steam flows into the extraction container 9 through the valve 913 and flows out of the extraction container 9 through the valve 903. When the vapor flows into the extraction container 9 through the valve 913, the valve 903 is opened, so that when this vapor is liquefied in the extraction container 9 to become a liquid, the liquid is extracted. It is possible to flow out of the extraction container 9 through the valve 903 without staying inside for a long time. According to this aspect, for example, when a beverage is produced by each of the steps described below, the taste of the beverage, the flavor, etc., are not unintentionally diluted, which is advantageous for improving the quality of the beverage. is there.
　或いは、抽出容器９内を蒸気で充たした後、弁９０３及び９１３の双方を閉鎖した状態にして、この抽出容器９を振動させてもよい。抽出容器９への振動の発生は、中部ユニット８Ｂのモータ８２３及び／又は８２４（図９参照）により実現可能である。内部が蒸気で充たされた抽出容器９に振動を加えることにより、蒸気が抽出容器９内に均一に拡がることとなり、抽出容器９全体を均一に加熱することが可能となる。 Alternatively, after filling the extraction container 9 with steam, both the valves 903 and 913 may be closed and the extraction container 9 may be vibrated. Generation of vibration in the extraction container 9 can be realized by the motors 823 and / or 824 (see FIG. 9) of the middle unit 8B. By vibrating the extraction container 9 whose inside is filled with steam, the steam is uniformly spread in the extraction container 9, and the entire extraction container 9 can be heated uniformly.
　尚、上記Ｓ１０２に代替して／付随して、蒸気を用いた抽出容器９の加熱は、Ｓ１０１の前に行われてもよい。即ち、Ｓ１０１及びＳ１０２の実行順序は逆であってもよいし、Ｓ１０２はＳ１０１の前後で計２回行われてもよい。Ｓ１０２をＳ１０１の前に行うことにより、Ｓ１０１において前回ないし過去の抽出の際に生じた残渣を除去し易くなる場合がある。 Note that the extraction container 9 may be heated with steam in place of / in addition to S102 above before S101. That is, the execution order of S101 and S102 may be reversed, and S102 may be performed twice before and after S101. By performing S102 before S101, it may be easier to remove the residue generated in the previous or past extraction in S101.
　以上のようにして予熱処理Ｓ１’を行った後、図１１（Ａ）同様の手順でＳ２を行い、続いて抽出処理（図１１（Ａ）のＳ３との区別のため、Ｓ３’とする。）を行う。抽出処理Ｓ３’において、本抽出用注湯Ｓ１２は、少なくとも２回の注湯工程Ｓ１２１及びＳ１２２に分けられる。１回目の注湯であるＳ１２１は、Ｓ１１の後かつＳ１３の前に行われる。その後、図１１（Ｂ）同様の手順でＳ１３～Ｓ１６を行う。 After the preheat treatment S1 ′ is performed as described above, S2 is performed in the same procedure as in FIG. 11A, and then S3 ′ is set in order to distinguish the extraction treatment (S3 in FIG. 11A). )I do. In the extraction process S3 ', the main extraction pouring S12 is divided into at least two pouring steps S121 and S122. S121, which is the first pouring, is performed after S11 and before S13. After that, S13 to S16 are performed in the same procedure as in FIG.
　ここで、Ｓ１４では、抽出対象である挽き豆が正立姿勢の抽出容器９に比較的薄い堆積厚さで堆積されており、この挽き豆を、Ｓ１２１で供給されたお湯に浸漬することとなる。Ｓ１５で抽出容器９内のお湯を沸騰させ、Ｓ１６で抽出容器９を反転させて倒立姿勢にした後、Ｓ１７の後／Ｓ１７と共に、２回目の注湯であるＳ１２２が行われる。 Here, in S14, the ground beans to be extracted are deposited in the upright posture extraction container 9 with a relatively thin deposition thickness, and the ground beans are immersed in the hot water supplied in S121. .. In S15, the hot water in the extraction container 9 is boiled, and in S16, the extraction container 9 is inverted to be in the inverted posture, and after S17 / S17, the second pouring of S122 is performed.
　図中においては、区別のため、Ｓ１７の後にＳ１２２が行われるよう示されるが、好適には、Ｓ１２２は、Ｓ１７の開始以降、Ｓ１７と略同時に行われる。他の実施形態として、Ｓ１７は、Ｓ１２２の開始以降、Ｓ１２２と略同時に行われてもよい。即ち、Ｓ１２２及びＳ１７は、少なくとも部分的に並行して行われるとよく、例えば注湯兼送出工程等、一つの工程Ｋに纏められてもよい。 In the figure, for the sake of distinction, S122 is shown to be performed after S17, but preferably S122 is performed substantially simultaneously with S17 after the start of S17. As another embodiment, S17 may be performed substantially simultaneously with S122 after the start of S122. That is, S122 and S17 may be performed at least partially in parallel, and may be combined into one process K, such as a pouring and delivering process.
　前述のとおり、抽出容器９が正立姿勢の状態では、挽き豆が胴部９０ｅから底部９０ｆに渡って堆積するのに対して、抽出容器９が倒立姿勢の状態では、挽き豆が肩部９０ｄからネック部９０ｂに渡って堆積する。即ち、抽出容器９は、胴部９０ｅから底部９０ｆにわたる太い部分と、肩部９０ｄからネック部９０ｂにわたる細い部分とを含んでおり、挽き豆は、正立姿勢においては該太い部分に堆積し、倒立姿勢では該細い部分に堆積する。 As described above, when the extraction container 9 is in the upright posture, the ground beans are accumulated from the body portion 90e to the bottom portion 90f, whereas when the extraction container 9 is in the inverted posture, the ground beans are in the shoulder portion 90d. To the neck portion 90b. That is, the extraction container 9 includes a thick portion extending from the body portion 90e to the bottom portion 90f and a thin portion extending from the shoulder portion 90d to the neck portion 90b, and ground beans are deposited on the thick portion in the upright posture, In the inverted posture, it accumulates on the narrow portion.
　上記Ｓ１７の透過式抽出の際、抽出容器９は倒立姿勢となっているため、抽出容器９内のお湯は、正立姿勢の場合よりも厚く堆積された挽き豆を通ることにより該挽き豆と万遍なく接触するため、透過式抽出の高効率化を実現可能となる。ここでは、２回目の注湯であるＳ１２２がＳ１７と共に行われるため、抽出容器９は、Ｓ１２１で受け取ったお湯による浸漬式抽出で得られた飲料液を送出しながら、Ｓ１２２により追加的にお湯を受け取ることとなる。そして、Ｓ１２２により抽出容器９に追加的に流入したお湯は、浸漬式抽出には実質的に用いられずに主に透過式抽出に用いられる。このような抽出態様によれば、飲料に透過式抽出独特の味わいを効果的に付与することが可能となり、飲料の高品質化が可能となる。 During the transparent extraction in S17, the extraction container 9 is in the inverted posture, so that the hot water in the extraction container 9 passes through the ground beans accumulated thicker than in the upright posture, thereby Since the contacts are evenly distributed, it is possible to achieve high efficiency of the transmissive extraction. Here, since S122, which is the second pouring, is performed together with S17, the extraction container 9 delivers the beverage liquid obtained by the immersion type extraction with the hot water received in S121, while additionally adding the hot water in S122. You will receive it. Then, the hot water additionally flown into the extraction container 9 in S122 is not substantially used for the immersion extraction, but is mainly used for the permeation extraction. According to such an extraction mode, it is possible to effectively give the beverage the unique taste of the transmissive extraction, and it is possible to improve the quality of the beverage.
　Ｓ１２１での注湯の量とＳ１２２での注湯の量とは、例えばユーザにより設定ないし変更が可能としてもよく、即ち、浸漬式抽出と透過式抽出との割合を調節可能としてもよい。これにより、ユーザの嗜好に応じた品質で飲料を製造することが可能な場合がある。 The amount of pouring in S121 and the amount of pouring in S122 may be set or changed by, for example, the user, that is, the ratio between immersion extraction and permeation extraction may be adjustable. Thereby, it may be possible to manufacture a drink with the quality according to a user's taste.
　図１６（ａ）～１６（ｈ）及び図１７（ｉ）～１７（о）は、送液量調節装置７２０の制御態様を、上述の図１５の各ステップに対応させて説明するための模式図である。理解の容易化のため、以下の説明においては、送液量調節装置７２０の簡易モデルを用いるものとし、三方向弁である電磁弁７２８は、配管７２８ａと配管７２８ｂとの連通及び遮断を切り替える弁７２８１と、配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ｃとの連通及び遮断を切り替える弁７２８２と、に区別して示される。 FIGS. 16 (a) to 16 (h) and FIGS. 17 (i) to 17 (o) are schematic diagrams for explaining the control mode of the liquid delivery amount adjusting device 720 in correspondence with each step of FIG. 15 described above. It is a figure. In order to facilitate understanding, in the following description, a simplified model of the liquid delivery amount adjusting device 720 is used, and the solenoid valve 728 that is a three-way valve is a valve that switches between communication and cutoff between the pipe 728a and the pipe 728b. 7281 and a valve 7282 for switching communication and cutoff between the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c are shown separately.
　図１６（ａ）は、送液量調節装置７２０の初期状態を示しており、飲料製造装置１は、飲料の製造の開始指示を待機している。初期状態においては、図中に模式的に示されるように、弁７２８１及び７２８２は何れも閉鎖されている。 FIG. 16 (a) shows the initial state of the liquid delivery amount adjusting device 720, and the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 is waiting for the start instruction of beverage manufacturing. In the initial state, as schematically shown in the figure, both the valves 7281 and 7282 are closed.
　図１６（ｂ）～図１６（ｃ）は、上記Ｓ１０１（少量のお湯を用いた抽出容器９の加熱処理）に対応する送液量調節装置７２０の態様を示す。図１６（ｂ）の工程では、弁７２８１を開放して、破線矢印で図示されるように、貯留部７２５から貯留部７２６に少量のお湯を移動させる。続いて、弁７２８１を閉鎖した後、図１６（ｃ）の工程では、弁７２８２を開放して、破線矢印で図示されるように、貯留部７２６内のお湯を抽出容器９に供給する。これにより、抽出容器９の内部及び配管Ｌ２～Ｌ３が加熱される。 FIGS. 16 (b) to 16 (c) show modes of the liquid feed rate adjusting device 720 corresponding to the above S101 (heat treatment of the extraction container 9 using a small amount of hot water). In the step of FIG. 16B, the valve 7281 is opened, and a small amount of hot water is moved from the storage section 725 to the storage section 726 as illustrated by the broken line arrow. Subsequently, after closing the valve 7281, in the step of FIG. 16C, the valve 7228 is opened and the hot water in the storage portion 726 is supplied to the extraction container 9 as illustrated by the broken line arrow. As a result, the inside of the extraction container 9 and the pipes L2 to L3 are heated.
　図１６（ｄ）～図１６（ｅ）は、上記Ｓ１０２（蒸気を用いた抽出容器９の加熱処理）に対応する送液量調節装置７２０の態様を示す。図１６（ｄ）の工程では、貯留部７２５及び７２６内を減圧して貯留部７２５及び７２６内のお湯を沸騰させることにより、貯留部７２５及び７２６で蒸気を生成する。弁７２８２は開放状態であるため、該生成された蒸気は、破線矢印で図示されるように、配管７２８ｃを介して抽出容器９に供給される。また、図１６（ｄ）の工程では、上記沸騰により貯留部７２５及び７２６内のお湯を撹拌することも可能となり、該撹拌されたお湯の温度が所定値（例えば摂氏１１８度）に達していない場合にはヒーター７２ａ（図１２参照）が駆動される。その後、図１６（ｅ）の工程では、弁７２８２を閉鎖して、抽出容器９への蒸気の供給を停止する。これにより、抽出容器９全体が均一に加熱されうる。 16 (d) to 16 (e) show modes of the liquid delivery amount adjusting device 720 corresponding to the above S102 (heat treatment of the extraction container 9 using steam). In the step of FIG. 16D, the pressure in the storage parts 725 and 726 is reduced to boil the hot water in the storage parts 725 and 726, and thus the steam is generated in the storage parts 725 and 726. Since the valve 7282 is in the open state, the generated steam is supplied to the extraction container 9 via the pipe 728c as shown by the broken line arrow. Further, in the step of FIG. 16D, it is possible to stir the hot water in the storage portions 725 and 726 by the boiling, and the temperature of the hot water thus stirred does not reach a predetermined value (for example, 118 degrees Celsius). In this case, the heater 72a (see FIG. 12) is driven. Then, in the process of FIG.16 (e), the valve 7282 is closed and the supply of the vapor | steam to the extraction container 9 is stopped. As a result, the entire extraction container 9 can be heated uniformly.
　図１６（ｆ）～図１６（ｈ）は、抽出処理Ｓ３’を実行するための準備工程に対応する送液量調節装置７２０の態様を示す。図１６（ｆ）の工程で、貯留部７２５及び７２６内を３気圧に戻した後、図１６（ｇ）の工程では、弁７２８１を開放して、破線矢印で図示されるように、貯留部７２５から貯留部７２６に一杯分のお湯（例えば１８０ｃｃ程度）を移動させる。貯留部７２５から貯留部７２６へのお湯の移動が完了した後、図１６（ｈ）の工程で弁７２８１を閉鎖する。尚、一杯分の量は、ユーザにより予め設定ないし選択されていてもよいし、載置部１１０に載置されたカップのサイズに基づいて決定されてもよいし、或いは、固定値であってもよい。ここでは不図示とするが、図１６（ｆ）～図１６（ｈ）の工程の間にグラインド処理Ｓ２が並行して行われてもよく、それにより、飲料の製造が完了するまでの時間を短縮可能となる。 FIGS. 16 (f) to 16 (h) show modes of the liquid delivery amount adjusting device 720 corresponding to the preparation process for executing the extraction process S3 '. In the process of FIG. 16 (f), after the pressure inside the reservoirs 725 and 726 is returned to 3 atm, the valve 7281 is opened in the process of FIG. One cup of hot water (for example, about 180 cc) is moved from 725 to the storage unit 726. After the movement of the hot water from the storage part 725 to the storage part 726 is completed, the valve 7281 is closed in the step of FIG. The amount of one cup may be preset or selected by the user, may be determined based on the size of the cup placed on the placing unit 110, or may be a fixed value. Good. Although not shown here, the grinding process S2 may be performed in parallel during the steps of FIG. 16 (f) to FIG. 16 (h), whereby the time until the production of the beverage is completed may be increased. It can be shortened.
　図１７（ｉ）～図１７（ｊ）は、蒸らし用注湯Ｓ１１に対応する送液量調節装置７２０の態様を示す。図１７（ｉ）の工程で弁７２８２を開放し、所定時間が経過した後、図１７（ｊ）の工程で弁７２８２を閉鎖する。これにより、貯留部７２６に貯留されたお湯の一部（例えば３０ｃｃ程度）が、破線矢印で図示されるように、Ｓ１１の蒸らし用に抽出容器９に流入することとなる。 FIG. 17 (i) to FIG. 17 (j) show modes of the liquid delivery amount adjusting device 720 corresponding to the pouring water S11. The valve 7282 is opened in the step of FIG. 17I, and after a predetermined time has elapsed, the valve 7282 is closed in the step of FIG. 17J. As a result, a part (for example, about 30 cc) of the hot water stored in the storage unit 726 will flow into the extraction container 9 for the steaming of S11, as shown by the dashed arrow.
　図１７（ｋ）～図１７（ｌ）は、１回目の本抽出用注湯Ｓ１２１に対応する送液量調節装置７２０の態様を示す。挽き豆の蒸らしが完了した後、図１７（ｋ）の工程で弁７２８２を開放し、所定時間が経過した後、図１７（ｌ）の工程で弁７２８２を閉鎖する。これにより、貯留部７２６内の残りのお湯の一部（例えば４０ｃｃ程度）が、破線矢印で図示されるように、抽出容器９に流入することとなる。 FIG. 17 (k) to FIG. 17 (l) show aspects of the liquid delivery amount adjusting device 720 corresponding to the first main extraction pouring S121. After the steaming of the ground beans is completed, the valve 7282 is opened in the step of FIG. 17 (k), and after a predetermined time has elapsed, the valve 7282 is closed in the step of FIG. 17 (l). As a result, a part (for example, about 40 cc) of the remaining hot water in the storage section 726 will flow into the extraction container 9 as shown by the dashed arrow.
　ここでは不図示とするが、図１７（ｌ）の工程の後、Ｓ１３～Ｓ１７を行う。詳細については後述とするが、本例のＳ１３においては、抽出容器９内の加圧と共に注湯（例えば３０ｃｃ程度）が行われる。 Although not shown here, S13 to S17 are performed after the step of FIG. 17 (l). Although details will be described later, in S13 of this example, the molten metal is poured (for example, about 30 cc) together with the pressurization in the extraction container 9.
　図１７（ｍ）は、２回目の本抽出用注湯Ｓ１２２に対応する送液量調節装置７２０の態様を示す。図１７（ｍ）の工程で弁７２８２を開放することで、貯留部７２６内の残りのお湯（例えば８０ｃｃ程度）が、破線矢印で図示されるように、追加的に抽出容器９に流入することとなる。前述のとおり、Ｓ１２２はＳ１７と略同時に行われ、ここで抽出容器９に流入するお湯は、浸漬式抽出には実質的に用いられずに主に透過式抽出に用いられる。 FIG. 17 (m) shows a mode of the liquid delivery amount adjusting device 720 corresponding to the second main-purification pouring S122. By opening the valve 7282 in the step of FIG. 17 (m), the remaining hot water (for example, about 80 cc) in the storage part 726 additionally flows into the extraction container 9 as shown by the dashed arrow. Becomes As described above, S122 is performed substantially at the same time as S17, and the hot water flowing into the extraction container 9 here is mainly used for the permeation type extraction without being substantially used for the immersion type extraction.
　その後、飲料の実質的に全部が抽出容器９からカップに送出されたことを以ってＳ１７の完了となる。ここで、Ｓ１２２後かつＳ１７完了前においては、付随的に、貯留部７２５及び７２６の蒸気、並びに、コンプレッサ７０からの空気圧を用いて、飲料の送出を促進することが可能である。貯留部７２５及び７２６の蒸気は、Ｓ１０２（図１６（ｄ）～図１６（ｅ）の工程）同様の手順で生成可能である。即ち、図１７（ｎ）の工程において、貯留部７２５及び７２６内を減圧してお湯を沸騰させることにより貯留部７２５及び７２６で蒸気を生成し、配管７２８ｃを介して該蒸気を抽出容器９に供給する。その際、図１６（ｄ）の工程同様、貯留部７２５及び７２６内のお湯が適切に撹拌され、必要に応じてヒーター７２ａが駆動されうる。その後、図１７（о）の工程で弁７２８２を閉鎖して該蒸気の供給を停止する。尚、飲料の送出の促進の際、抽出容器９内は例えば１．６～２気圧程度となるように調整されうる。 After that, substantially all of the beverage is delivered from the extraction container 9 to the cup, and the step S17 is completed. Here, after S122 and before completion of S17, it is possible to additionally use the steam in the storage sections 725 and 726 and the air pressure from the compressor 70 to accelerate the delivery of the beverage. The steam in the storage parts 725 and 726 can be generated by the same procedure as in S102 (steps of FIGS. 16D to 16E). That is, in the step of FIG. 17 (n), the insides of the storage parts 725 and 726 are depressurized and the hot water is boiled to generate steam in the storage parts 725 and 726, and the steam is supplied to the extraction container 9 through the pipe 728c. Supply. At that time, as in the step of FIG. 16D, the hot water in the storage parts 725 and 726 is appropriately stirred, and the heater 72a can be driven if necessary. After that, in the step shown in FIG. 17 (o), the valve 7282 is closed to stop the supply of the steam. When promoting the delivery of the beverage, the inside of the extraction container 9 can be adjusted to, for example, about 1.6 to 2 atm.
　図１８は、抽出処理Ｓ３’の際の抽出容器９内の気圧の変化の態様を説明するための図である。横軸は時間軸を示しており、期間Ｔ１～Ｔ１１を示す共に、期間Ｔ１～Ｔ１１に対応するステップ（Ｓ１１等）を併せて示す。縦軸は、期間Ｔ１～Ｔ１１のそれぞれにおける抽出容器９内の気圧（或いは圧力）Ｐを示す。 FIG. 18 is a diagram for explaining the manner of change in atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9 during the extraction process S3 '. The horizontal axis represents the time axis, showing the periods T1 to T11 and also showing steps (S11 and the like) corresponding to the periods T1 to T11. The vertical axis represents the atmospheric pressure (or pressure) P in the extraction container 9 in each of the periods T1 to T11.
　期間Ｔ１～Ｔ２は、蒸らし用注湯Ｓ１１に対応する期間である。期間Ｔ１では、抽出容器９内を約１．８気圧まで加圧すると共に、蒸らし用のお湯（３０ｃｃ程度）を抽出容器９に流入する。抽出容器９へのお湯の流入のタイミングは、期間Ｔ１内の何れであってもよいが、ユーザにより予め設定ないし選択されていてもよいし、飲料の種類によって変更されてもよい。その後、このお湯を用いて挽き豆を蒸らす。この期間（１５秒程度）を期間Ｔ２とする。 The periods T1 and T2 are periods corresponding to the pouring S11 for steaming. In the period T1, the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized to about 1.8 atm, and hot water for steaming (about 30 cc) flows into the extraction container 9. The timing of the hot water flowing into the extraction container 9 may be any time during the period T1, but may be set or selected in advance by the user, or may be changed depending on the type of beverage. Then, the ground beans are steamed with this hot water. This period (about 15 seconds) is referred to as a period T2.
　期間Ｔ３は、１回目の注湯Ｓ１２１に対応する期間である。期間Ｔ３では、抽出容器９内を３気圧まで加圧すると共に、Ｓ１２１として本抽出用のお湯（４０ｃｃ程度）を抽出容器９に流入する。 The period T3 is a period corresponding to the first pouring S121. In the period T3, the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized to 3 atm, and hot water for main extraction (about 40 cc) is flown into the extraction container 9 as S121.
　期間Ｔ４は、抽出容器９内の加圧Ｓ１３に対応する期間である。期間Ｔ４では、抽出容器９内を５気圧まで加圧すると共に、お湯（３０ｃｃ程度）を抽出容器９に流入する。 The period T4 is a period corresponding to the pressurization S13 in the extraction container 9. In the period T4, the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized to 5 atm, and hot water (about 30 cc) flows into the extraction container 9.
　ここで、注湯の量は期間Ｔ３及びＴ４間で調整可能とし、例えば７０ｃｃ程度の注湯を期間Ｔ３で完了させてもよい。期間Ｔ３及びＴ４は、何れも抽出容器９内を加圧しながら注湯を行うという点で共通するが、本例ではそれらの加圧態様が互いに異なる。例えば、期間Ｔ３～Ｔ４での加圧の間、途中（Ｐ＝３気圧前後）で加圧態様が緩やかになる。例えば、期間Ｔ３及びＴ４間のタイミングは、気圧Ｐの変曲点として規定されてもよい。期間Ｔ３～Ｔ４の加圧態様を制御ないし調整することにより、この後の工程である浸漬式抽出Ｓ１４で得られる飲料液について、表現可能な味、風味等の幅を広げることが可能な場合がある。 Here, the pouring amount can be adjusted between the periods T3 and T4, and for example, pouring of about 70 cc may be completed in the period T3. The periods T3 and T4 are common in that the molten metal is poured while pressurizing the inside of the extraction container 9, but in the present example, their pressurizing modes are different from each other. For example, during the pressurization in the period T3 to T4, the pressurization mode becomes moderate during the pressurization (P = about 3 atm). For example, the timing between the periods T3 and T4 may be defined as the inflection point of the atmospheric pressure P. By controlling or adjusting the pressurization mode in the periods T3 to T4, it may be possible to broaden the range of expressible taste, flavor, etc. of the beverage liquid obtained in the subsequent step of immersion extraction S14. is there.
　期間Ｔ５は、浸漬式抽出Ｓ１４に対応する期間である。抽出容器９内が５気圧に達した後、その状態を維持する。この期間（１秒程度）を期間Ｔ５とする。これにより、抽出対象である挽き豆から飲料液であるコーヒー液が抽出される。 The period T5 is a period corresponding to the immersion extraction S14. After reaching 5 atm in the extraction container 9, the state is maintained. This period (about 1 second) is referred to as a period T5. As a result, coffee liquid, which is a beverage, is extracted from the ground beans that are the extraction target.
　期間Ｔ６～Ｔ８は、抽出容器９内の減圧Ｓ１５に対応する期間である。期間Ｔ６～Ｔ７では、上記減圧を２段階に分けて行う。期間Ｔ６では、先ず、比較的短時間で抽出容器９内を５気圧から１．５気圧まで減圧させ（急減圧）、その後、所定期間（３秒程度）にわたって待機する。次に、期間Ｔ７では、抽出容器９内を１気圧まで減圧させ、その後、所定期間（１秒程度）にわたって待機する。 The periods T6 to T8 are periods corresponding to the reduced pressure S15 in the extraction container 9. In the periods T6 to T7, the pressure reduction is performed in two stages. In the period T6, first, the inside of the extraction container 9 is depressurized from 5 atm to 1.5 atm (rapid depressurization) in a relatively short period of time, and thereafter, a standby is performed for a predetermined period (about 3 seconds). Next, in the period T7, the inside of the extraction container 9 is depressurized to 1 atm, and then, the process stands by for a predetermined period (about 1 second).
　前述のとおり、減圧Ｓ１５によって抽出容器９内の液体が沸騰して撹拌される。本例の減圧態様によれば、先ず、期間Ｔ６の１段階目の減圧により抽出容器９内の液体の一部が沸騰して撹拌され、続いて、期間Ｔ７の２段階目の減圧により抽出容器９内の液体の他の部分も沸騰して撹拌されうる。そのため、例えば抽出容器９内の液体全体の撹拌を適切に行うことが可能となり、このことは、例えば、抽出された飲料液に濃度や組成等のムラがある際に有利な場合がある。その後、期間Ｔ８で抽出容器９内を１．５気圧に戻して沸騰を安定化させると共に流路（配管Ｌ２、Ｌ３等）中に残存しうる液体（例えば５ｃｃ程度）を抽出容器９へ押し込む。 As described above, the liquid in the extraction container 9 is boiled and stirred by the reduced pressure S15. According to the decompression mode of the present example, first, a part of the liquid in the extraction container 9 is boiled and agitated by the first-stage decompression of the period T6, and then the extraction container is decompressed by the second-stage decompression of the period T7. The other part of the liquid in 9 can also be boiled and stirred. Therefore, for example, it becomes possible to appropriately stir the entire liquid in the extraction container 9, which may be advantageous when, for example, the extracted beverage liquid has unevenness in concentration, composition, or the like. After that, in the period T8, the inside of the extraction container 9 is returned to 1.5 atmospheric pressure to stabilize the boiling and a liquid (for example, about 5 cc) that can remain in the flow paths (pipes L2, L3, etc.) is pushed into the extraction container 9.
　期間Ｔ９は、抽出容器９の反転Ｓ１６及びその後の待機期間（２秒程度）である。尚、期間Ｔ９の開始のタイミングは上記反転Ｓ１６が実行されるタイミングに対応する。期間Ｔ９では、Ｓ１６で反転した抽出容器９内において、抽出対象である挽き豆が該抽出容器９内の下方部に比較的厚い堆積厚で堆積される。また、期間Ｔ９では、抽出容器９内を減圧して１気圧にする。 The period T9 is the inversion S16 of the extraction container 9 and the waiting period thereafter (about 2 seconds). The timing of starting the period T9 corresponds to the timing of executing the inversion S16. In the period T9, the ground beans to be extracted are accumulated in the lower portion of the extraction container 9 with a relatively large deposition thickness in the extraction container 9 inverted in S16. In the period T9, the pressure inside the extraction container 9 is reduced to 1 atm.
　期間Ｔ１０～Ｔ１１は、透過式抽出Ｓ１７に対応する期間であり、これにより、飲料が抽出容器９からカップに送出される。前述のとおり、Ｓ１７と略同時に２回目の注湯Ｓ１２２が行われ、それにより抽出容器９内に追加的に流入するお湯（８０ｃｃ程度）は、主に透過式抽出に用いられることとなる。 The period T10 to T11 is a period corresponding to the transparent extraction S17, whereby the beverage is delivered from the extraction container 9 to the cup. As described above, the second pouring of water S122 is performed almost simultaneously with S17, whereby the hot water (about 80 cc) additionally flowing into the extraction container 9 is mainly used for the permeation extraction.
　本例では、期間Ｔ１０における例えばＳ１２２後に抽出容器９内を１．６気圧まで加圧し、その後の期間Ｔ１１において抽出容器９内を２気圧まで加圧して、飲料の送出を促進する。期間Ｔ１０では、貯留部７２５及び７２６の蒸気を用いて上記飲料の送出を促進し、期間Ｔ１１では、コンプレッサ７０からの空気圧を用いて上記飲料の送出を促進するものとする。これにより、送出されるべき飲料の全部（流路中の液体も含む。）を適切に且つ比較的短時間でカップに提供可能となる。図１９は、時間経過と共に変化する抽出容器９内のお湯の量（お湯の量の変化の様子）を示す波形を、図１８に破線で追加したものである。本例では、全部で約１８５ｃｃの飲料が提供されることとなる。 In this example, the extraction container 9 is pressurized to 1.6 atm after, for example, S122 in the period T10, and the extraction container 9 is pressurized to 2 atm in the subsequent period T11 to promote the delivery of the beverage. It is assumed that during the period T10, the delivery of the beverage is promoted by using the vapors of the storage sections 725 and 726, and during the period T11, the delivery of the beverage is promoted by using the air pressure from the compressor 70. This makes it possible to provide all of the beverage to be delivered (including the liquid in the flow path) to the cup properly and in a relatively short time. FIG. 19 is a diagram in which a broken line is added to FIG. 18 with a waveform showing the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 (a state of change in the amount of hot water) that changes with time. In this example, a total of about 185 cc of beverage will be provided.
　上述の各期間Ｔ１等は、より詳細には、Ｓ１１等の各ステップ或いはそのサブステップに対応付けられて次のように纏められる。即ち、
　　期間Ｔ１　：蒸らし用注湯工程、
　　期間Ｔ２　：蒸らし工程、
　　期間Ｔ３　：１回目の注湯工程、
　　期間Ｔ４　：加圧工程、
　　期間Ｔ５　：高圧浸漬工程、
　　期間Ｔ６　：高圧浸漬後の急減圧工程、或いは、
　　　　　　　　抽出容器９内を大気に解放する大気解放工程（前半）、
　　期間Ｔ７　：待機状態後の急減圧工程、或いは、
　　　　　　　　抽出容器９内を大気に解放する大気解放工程（後半）、
　　期間Ｔ８　：流路内に残存する液体の抽出容器９への流入を待機する待機工程、
　　期間Ｔ９　：容器姿勢変更工程（容器反転工程）、及び、
　　　　　　　　抽出容器９内の抽出対象の堆積完了を待機する待機工程、
　　期間Ｔ１０：２回目の注湯工程、
　　　　　　　　飲料送出工程（前半）、或いは、
　　　　　　　　蒸気を用いた飲料送出促進工程、
　　期間Ｔ１１：飲料送出工程（後半）、或いは、
　　　　　　　　空気圧を用いた飲料送出促進工程、
　となる。 More specifically, the respective periods T1 and the like described above are associated with the respective steps of S11 and the like or sub steps thereof, and are summarized as follows. That is,
Period T1: Steaming pouring process,
Period T2: Steaming process,
Period T3: The first pouring process,
Period T4: pressurizing step,
Period T5: high pressure immersion step,
Period T6: a rapid depressurization step after high pressure immersion, or
Atmosphere releasing step (first half) of releasing the inside of the extraction container 9 to the atmosphere,
Period T7: a rapid depressurization step after the standby state, or
Atmosphere releasing step (second half) of releasing the inside of the extraction container 9 to the atmosphere,
Period T8: Standby step for waiting for the liquid remaining in the flow path to flow into the extraction container 9,
Period T9: container posture changing process (container inversion process), and
A standby step of waiting for the completion of the deposition of the extraction target in the extraction container 9,
Period T10: second pouring process,
Beverage delivery process (first half), or
Beverage delivery promotion process using steam,
Period T11: Beverage delivery process (second half), or
Beverage delivery promotion process using air pressure,
Becomes
　尚、ここでは、期間Ｔ１～Ｔ１１は、互いに等しい長さで模式的に図示されるが、これらは、実際の情報表示装置１２には現実の時間長に対応した間隔で表示されうる（後述の他の図においても同様とする。）。 Note that, here, the periods T1 to T11 are schematically illustrated with equal lengths, but these can be displayed on the actual information display device 12 at intervals corresponding to the actual time length (described later). The same shall apply to other figures.).
　上記図１９には、時間経過と共に変化する抽出容器９内の気圧およびお湯の量の目標値（或いは設定値）に加えて、それらの実際の値がどのように変化しているかが、情報表示装置１２（図１等参照）に追加的にプロットされてもよい。これにより、ユーザが飲料の購入者等の場合には、そのユーザを飽きさせることなく待機させることが可能となる場合がある。また、ユーザが装置１の管理者等の場合には、そのユーザは装置１による飲料の製造が適切に実行されているか否か等を確認することが可能となる場合もある。 In FIG. 19, in addition to the target values (or set values) of the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 which change with the passage of time, information display is shown as to how those actual values are changing. It may be additionally plotted on the device 12 (see FIG. 1, etc.). Accordingly, when the user is a purchaser of a beverage or the like, it may be possible to make the user stand by without getting tired. In addition, when the user is an administrator of the device 1 or the like, the user may be able to confirm whether or not the production of the beverage by the device 1 is appropriately executed.
　図２０は、飲料の製造中に情報表示装置１２に表示されうる情報として、抽出容器９内の気圧およびお湯の量の実際の値が、時間経過と共に（リアルタイムで）上記目標値に重ねられてプロットされている様子を示す。即ち、図２０は、抽出容器９内の気圧およびお湯の量の実際の値の変化の様子を示す波形を、図１９に追加したものである。これら実際の値は、圧力センサおよび温度センサにより実測値としてそれぞれ計測可能である。図中において、実線は、一杯分の飲料を抽出する際の抽出容器９内の気圧の目標値の変化態様を示し、一点鎖線は、該抽出容器９内の気圧の実測値の変化態様を示す。また、破線は、該抽出容器９内のお湯の量の目標値の変化態様を示し、二点鎖線は、該抽出容器９内のお湯の量の実測値の変化態様を示す。 In FIG. 20, the actual values of the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 are overlapped with the target value over time (in real time) as the information that can be displayed on the information display device 12 during the production of the beverage. The plot is shown. That is, FIG. 20 is a waveform added to FIG. 19 showing a state of changes in the actual values of the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9. These actual values can be measured as actual measured values by the pressure sensor and the temperature sensor. In the figure, the solid line shows the mode of change of the target value of the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9 when extracting one cup of beverage, and the alternate long and short dash line shows the mode of change of the measured value of the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9. .. Further, the broken line shows the variation of the target value of the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9, and the two-dot chain line shows the variation of the measured value of the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9.
　図２０の例は、現時点における工程が期間Ｔ６（Ｓ１５）の途中であり、抽出容器９内の気圧およびお湯の量の実測値が期間Ｔ１からその時点（期間Ｔ６の途中）までについてプロットされていることを示す。ここでは、この時点での抽出容器９内の気圧の実測値は１．２気圧であり、お湯の量の実測値は１００ｃｃとなっている。尚、この後の工程においても上記実測値は継続してプロットされる。このような表示態様によれば、実測値が目標値に到達していない場合や実測値が目標値から大きく乖離している場合には、ユーザは、流路における漏れの発生、流路を形成する各要素（配管、弁等）の不具合等に速やかに対応可能となる。 In the example of FIG. 20, the process at the present time is in the middle of the period T6 (S15), and the measured values of the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 are plotted from the period T1 to that time (the middle of the period T6). Indicates that Here, the actual measured value of the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9 at this time is 1.2 atmospheric pressure, and the actual measured value of the amount of hot water is 100 cc. The actual measurement values are continuously plotted in the subsequent steps. According to such a display mode, when the actual measurement value does not reach the target value or when the actual measurement value largely deviates from the target value, the user generates a leak in the flow channel and forms the flow channel. It is possible to promptly deal with problems such as each element (pipe, valve, etc.)
　図２０では、抽出容器９内の気圧およびお湯の量の目標値、並びに、それらの実測値の変化の様子が情報表示装置１２に示される態様を例示したが、それらの一部が情報表示装置１２に示されてもよい。例えば、気圧の目標値及び実測値のみについて変化の様子が示されてもよいし、お湯の量の目標値及び実測値のみについて変化の様子が示されてもよい。或いは、上記目標値および実測値の演算結果（例えば、それらのズレ量の変化の様子）が示されてもよい。 FIG. 20 exemplifies a mode in which the target values of the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 and the changes in the measured values thereof are shown on the information display device 12, but some of them are displayed on the information display device. 12 may be shown. For example, the manner of change may be shown only with respect to the target value and the measured value of the atmospheric pressure, or the manner of change with only the target value and the actually measured value of the amount of hot water may be shown. Alternatively, the calculation result of the target value and the actual measurement value (for example, the state of change in the deviation amount thereof) may be shown.
　抽出容器９内の気圧およびお湯の量の上記目標値の変化の態様は、複数のパターンとして予め用意されており、ユーザは、それらの中から好みに応じたものを選択することも可能とする。上記複数のパターンを示す情報は、例えば記憶部１１ｂ（図１０参照）に予め格納されていてもよいし、或いは、通信ネットワーク１５を介してサーバ１６から取得されてもよい。また、ユーザによる上記選択は、タッチパネル式のディスプレイである情報表示装置１２により実現可能である。 The manner of changing the target values of the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 are prepared in advance as a plurality of patterns, and the user can also select one of them from his or her preference. .. The information indicating the plurality of patterns may be stored in advance in, for example, the storage unit 11b (see FIG. 10), or may be acquired from the server 16 via the communication network 15. The above selection by the user can be realized by the information display device 12 which is a touch panel type display.
　また、一杯分の飲料の抽出を行った場合、抽出容器９内の気圧およびお湯の量の上記目標値および実測値の変化は全期間Ｔ１～Ｔ１１に亘って情報表示装置１２に表示され、それらを示す情報は、例えば記憶部１１ｂに格納されうる。よって、ユーザは、必要に応じて情報表示装置１２を介して所定の操作を行うことで、該情報を再度表示させることも可能である。これにより、ユーザは、例えば、過去に行われた飲料製造の際の上記目標値および実測値の変化を確認することもできる。 In addition, when one cup of beverage is extracted, changes in the target value and the measured value of the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 are displayed on the information display device 12 over the entire period T1 to T11. The information indicating the can be stored in, for example, the storage unit 11b. Therefore, the user can display the information again by performing a predetermined operation via the information display device 12 as needed. Thereby, the user can also confirm changes in the target value and the actually measured value, for example, during beverage manufacturing performed in the past.
　図２１は、上記抽出の完了後（飲料製造の完了後）、即ち期間Ｔ１１後（Ｓ１７及びＳ１２２の後）において、抽出容器９内の気圧およびお湯の量の実測値の一連の変化態様の全部がプロットされていることを示す。このプロット結果を示す情報は、記憶部１１ｂに格納された後、ユーザによる所定の操作入力により任意のタイミングで記憶部１１ｂから読出可能であり、即ち、ユーザは必要に応じて上記プロット結果を情報表示装置１２に再び表示させることができる。詳細については後述とするが、例えば、ユーザは、他の機会に新たに飲料を製造する際、上記プロット結果を過去の飲料製造履歴として参照し、飲料製造用レシピとして利用することが可能である。 FIG. 21 shows all of a series of changes in the measured values of the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 after completion of the extraction (after completion of beverage production), that is, after the period T11 (after S17 and S122). Indicates that is plotted. The information indicating the plot result can be read from the storage unit 11b at any timing by a predetermined operation input by the user after being stored in the storage unit 11b, that is, the user can read the plot result as necessary. It can be displayed again on the display device 12. Although details will be described later, for example, when a user newly manufactures a beverage on another occasion, the user can refer to the plot result as a past beverage manufacturing history and use it as a beverage manufacturing recipe. .
　上記プロット結果は、ここでは、横軸を時間軸とした線グラフ形式（折れ線／曲線グラフ形式あるいは広義のタイミングチャート形式）で表示されるものとする。プロット結果は、タッチパネル式のディスプレイである情報表示装置１２に表示されるため、ユーザは、この情報表示装置１２に対して所定の操作入力を行うことにより抽出容器９内の気圧およびお湯の量についての上記目標値を所望の値に変更可能である。情報表示装置１２への操作入力としては、タッチ操作が挙げられ、その典型例として、タップ操作、フリック操作、スワイプ操作、ピンチイン操作（ピンチ操作）、ピンチアウト操作（ストレッチ操作）、スライド操作等が挙げられる。尚、タップ操作の概念には、ダブルタップ操作、ロングタップ操作等も含まれる。 The above plot results shall be displayed here in line graph format (line / curve graph format or timing chart format in a broad sense) with the horizontal axis as the time axis. The plot results are displayed on the information display device 12 which is a touch panel type display, so that the user performs a predetermined operation input on the information display device 12 to determine the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9. The target value of can be changed to a desired value. The operation input to the information display device 12 includes a touch operation, and typical examples thereof include a tap operation, a flick operation, a swipe operation, a pinch-in operation (pinch operation), a pinch-out operation (stretch operation), and a slide operation. Can be mentioned. The concept of the tap operation includes a double tap operation, a long tap operation, and the like.
　図２２は、一例として、期間Ｔ２（蒸らし工程Ｓ１１）における抽出容器９内の気圧の目標値を変更する態様を示す。情報表示装置１２に図２１同様の線グラフが表示された後、目標値の変更を開始するための操作入力が行われたことに応答して、目標値の線グラフに対してタッチ操作を入力可能な状態となる。このとき、実測値の線グラフは、非表示となってもよいし、表示態様（例えば表示の色、濃度等）が変更されてもよい。その後、ユーザは、例えば、上記目標値の線グラフに対して、期間Ｔ２における目標値（１．８気圧）を示す点Ｐ１を起点とする下向きのフリック操作を入力することで、その目標値を低い値（例えば１．５気圧）に変更可能である。図中には、抽出容器９内の気圧についての変更前の目標値を示す線グラフを薄灰色の実線で示す。 FIG. 22 shows, as an example, a mode in which the target value of the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9 in the period T2 (steaming step S11) is changed. After the line graph similar to FIG. 21 is displayed on the information display device 12, a touch operation is input to the line graph of the target value in response to the operation input for starting the change of the target value. It becomes possible. At this time, the line graph of the actual measurement value may be hidden or the display mode (for example, display color, density, etc.) may be changed. Thereafter, for example, the user inputs a downward flick operation starting from a point P1 indicating the target value (1.8 atmospheric pressure) in the period T2 to the target value line graph, thereby setting the target value. It can be changed to a low value (for example, 1.5 atm). In the figure, a light gray solid line shows a line graph showing the target value before the change of the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9.
　尚、点Ｐ１から上向きのフリック操作が入力された場合には、目標値は高い値に変更されるものとする。また、目標値は操作量に基づいて変更されるものとし、例えば、操作量を大きくした場合には目標値は大きく変更されるものとする。 Note that if an upward flick operation is input from point P1, the target value shall be changed to a higher value. The target value is changed based on the operation amount. For example, when the operation amount is increased, the target value is changed largely.
　このように、ユーザは、過去の飲料製造履歴であるプロット結果を線グラフとして情報表示装置１２に表示させた後、該表示された線グラフに対して所定の操作入力を行うことができる。これにより、ユーザは、上記目標値を所望の値に変更し、該変更後の目標値を他の機会に新たに飲料を製造する際の飲料製造用レシピとすることが可能である。即ち、ユーザは、過去の飲料製造履歴を参照して抽出工程を含む製造プロセスを所望の態様に変更可能であり、嗜好に応じた品質で新たに飲料を製造可能となる。上記変更後の目標値（或いは線グラフ）を示す情報は、記憶部１１ｂに格納可能であり、その後のユーザによる所定の操作により、該変更後の目標値を示す線グラフは情報表示装置１２に再び表示可能である。 In this way, the user can display a plot result, which is a past beverage manufacturing history, as a line graph on the information display device 12, and then can perform a predetermined operation input on the displayed line graph. Thus, the user can change the target value to a desired value and use the changed target value as a beverage manufacturing recipe for newly manufacturing a beverage on another occasion. That is, the user can change the manufacturing process including the extraction step to a desired mode by referring to the past beverage manufacturing history, and can newly manufacture the beverage with the quality according to the taste. The information indicating the changed target value (or line graph) can be stored in the storage unit 11b, and the line graph indicating the changed target value is displayed on the information display device 12 by a predetermined operation by the user thereafter. It can be displayed again.
　図２２では、抽出容器９内の気圧の目標値を変更する態様を例示したが、変更対象はこれに限られるものではない。 FIG. 22 exemplifies a mode in which the target value of the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9 is changed, but the change target is not limited to this.
　図２３は、他の例として、期間Ｔ２の長さを変更する態様を示す。図２２の例同様の手順により、目標値の線グラフに対してタッチ操作を入力可能な状態となった後、ユーザは、例えば、該線グラフに対して点Ｐ２を起点とする左向きのフリック操作を入力可能である。点Ｐ２は、図２２の期間Ｔ２‐Ｔ３間の境界に対応する。上記フリック操作の入力に応答して、期間Ｔ２の長さは例えば１５秒から１０秒に変更される。尚、図中においては、点Ｐ２を上記線グラフの線上としたが、点Ｐ２は、図２２の期間Ｔ２‐Ｔ３間の境界であればよく上記線グラフの線上でなくてもよい。 FIG. 23 shows, as another example, a mode in which the length of the period T2 is changed. By a procedure similar to the example of FIG. 22, after the touch operation can be input to the line graph of the target value, the user, for example, performs a leftward flick operation on the line graph starting from the point P2. Can be entered. The point P2 corresponds to the boundary between the periods T2-T3 in FIG. In response to the input of the flick operation, the length of the period T2 is changed from 15 seconds to 10 seconds, for example. Although the point P2 is on the line of the line graph in the figure, the point P2 may be on the boundary of the period T2-T3 of FIG. 22 and may not be on the line of the line graph.
　図中には、抽出容器９内の気圧についての変更前の目標値を示す線グラフを薄灰色の実線で示し、お湯の量についての変更前の目標値を示す線グラフを薄灰色の破線で示す。本実施形態では、期間Ｔ２を短くしたことで期間Ｔ３が長くなって１回目の注湯Ｓ１２１の態様が変更されることとなる。例えば、Ｓ１２１における抽出容器９内の気圧の単位時間あたりの上昇量が小さくなると共に抽出容器９への単位時間あたりの注湯量が小さくなり、即ち、比較的緩やかに加圧され且つ注湯されることとなる。 In the figure, a line graph showing the target value before the change of the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9 is shown by a light gray solid line, and a line graph showing the target value before the change of the amount of hot water is shown by a light gray broken line. Show. In the present embodiment, shortening the period T2 lengthens the period T3, and the mode of the first pouring S121 is changed. For example, in S121, the amount of increase in the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9 per unit time becomes smaller, and the amount of pouring metal into the extraction container 9 per unit time becomes smaller, that is, the pressure and the pouring temperature are relatively moderately increased. It will be.
　他の実施形態として、期間Ｔ２のみを変更し且つ期間Ｔ３以降についてはそのまま（変更なし）とすることも可能である。この場合、変更方法の区別のため、他のタッチ操作が入力されればよい。 As another embodiment, it is possible to change only the period T2 and leave the period T3 and thereafter unchanged (no change). In this case, another touch operation may be input to distinguish the change method.
　図２４に例示されるように、上記変更対象は抽出容器９内のお湯の量の目標値であってもよい。図２２の例同様の手順により、目標値の線グラフに対してタッチ操作を入力可能な状態となった後、ユーザは、例えば、該線グラフに対して点Ｐ３を起点とする下向きのフリック操作を入力可能である。点Ｐ３は、期間Ｔ５～Ｔ６におけるお湯の量の目標値を示す。上記フリック操作の入力に応答して、該目標値は例えば１００ｃｃから９０ｃｃに変更される。図中には、抽出容器９内のお湯の量についての変更前の目標値を示す線グラフを薄灰色の破線で示す。 As illustrated in FIG. 24, the change target may be a target value of the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9. By a procedure similar to the example of FIG. 22, after the touch operation can be input to the line graph of the target value, the user, for example, performs a downward flick operation starting from the point P3 on the line graph. Can be entered. A point P3 shows a target value of the amount of hot water in the periods T5 to T6. In response to the input of the flick operation, the target value is changed from 100 cc to 90 cc, for example. In the figure, a line graph showing the target value before the change regarding the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 is shown by a light gray broken line.
　このように、ユーザは、過去の飲料製造履歴を参照して製造プロセスを工程毎および項目毎に所望の態様に変更可能であり、同様の手順で多様な変更を加えることが可能である。例えば、ユーザは、期間Ｔ１～Ｔ１１における上記目標値、及び／又は、期間Ｔ１～Ｔ１１の個々の長さを変更可能とする他、他のパラメータを変更することも可能であり、一例として、抽出容器９内の湯温の目標値を変更可能である。 In this way, the user can refer to the past beverage manufacturing history and change the manufacturing process to a desired mode for each step and each item, and can make various changes in the same procedure. For example, the user can change the target value in the periods T1 to T11 and / or the individual lengths of the periods T1 to T11, and also can change other parameters. The target value of the hot water temperature in the container 9 can be changed.
　図２５は、情報表示装置１２に表示される上記他のパラメータとして、期間Ｔ１～Ｔ１１における抽出容器９内の湯温の目標値を示す。ユーザは、飲料の味、風味等を好みのものにするため、湯温の目標値を所望の値に変更可能である。飲料製造装置１内においては、水タンク７２内に冷水を供給することにより水タンク７２内のお湯を冷却し又はヒーター７２ａを駆動することにより水タンク７２内のお湯を加熱することができる。そして、該冷却され或いは加熱されたお湯を抽出容器９に流入させることにより抽出容器９内の湯温の実測値を上記目標値に近付けることが可能となる。 FIG. 25 shows the target value of the hot water temperature in the extraction container 9 in the periods T1 to T11 as another parameter displayed on the information display device 12. The user can change the target value of the hot water temperature to a desired value in order to make the taste, flavor, etc. of the beverage a favorite one. In the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1, the hot water in the water tank 72 can be cooled by supplying cold water into the water tank 72, or the hot water in the water tank 72 can be heated by driving the heater 72a. Then, by flowing the cooled or heated hot water into the extraction container 9, the measured value of the hot water temperature in the extraction container 9 can be brought close to the target value.
　湯温の実測値は、抽出容器９内に温度センサを設けることで計測可能である。このようにして計測された上記湯温の実測値は、図２０同様、飲料製造の間、湯温の目標値に重ねられて時間経過と共にプロットされうる。上記湯温のプロット結果を示す情報は、抽出容器９内の気圧およびお湯の量についてのプロット結果同様、記憶部１１ｂに格納され、ユーザによる所定の操作により記憶部１１ｂから読出可能とする。 The actual measured value of the hot water temperature can be measured by providing a temperature sensor inside the extraction container 9. The measured value of the hot water temperature thus measured can be superimposed on the target value of the hot water temperature during the beverage production and plotted with the passage of time, as in FIG. The information indicating the plot result of the hot water temperature is stored in the storage unit 11b like the plot result of the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9, and can be read from the storage unit 11b by a predetermined operation by the user.
　上述の図１９～図２５の例では、プロット結果が、横軸を時間軸とした線グラフ形式で情報表示装置１２に表示されるものとしたが、他の形式によっても表示可能である。他の表示形式の例としては、マトリクス形式で表示されるフラットデータ（リスト、テーブル等とも称されうる。）が挙げられる。例えば、上記プロット結果を示す線グラフが情報表示装置１２に表示された後、表示形式を変更するための操作入力が行われたことに応答して、対応のフラットデータが情報表示装置１２に表示されうる。表示形式の切替えは、任意のタイミングで実行可能であり、例えば、飲料製造の開始前（期間Ｔ１前）に行なわれてもよいし、飲料製造の間（期間Ｔ１～Ｔ１１の間）に行なわれてもよいし、或いは、飲料製造の完了後（期間Ｔ１１後）に行われてもよい。 In the examples of FIGS. 19 to 25 described above, the plot results are displayed on the information display device 12 in a line graph format with the horizontal axis as the time axis, but they can be displayed in other formats. Examples of other display formats include flat data (also referred to as a list, a table, etc.) displayed in a matrix format. For example, after the line graph showing the plot result is displayed on the information display device 12, the corresponding flat data is displayed on the information display device 12 in response to the operation input for changing the display format. Can be done. The display format can be switched at any timing, and may be performed, for example, before the start of the beverage production (before the period T1) or during the beverage production (between the periods T1 and T11). Alternatively, it may be performed after the completion of the beverage production (after the period T11).
　図２６は、飲料製造の開始前（期間Ｔ１前）のフラットデータＤ１１を示し、即ち実測値が表示されていない図１９に対応するフラットデータＤ１１である。図２７は、飲料製造の間（期間Ｔ１～Ｔ１１の間）のフラットデータＤ１２を示し、即ち実測値の途中経過が表示された図２０に対応するフラットデータＤ１２である。図２８は、飲料製造の完了後（期間Ｔ１１後）のフラットデータＤ１３を示し、即ち実測値のプロットが完了した図２１に対応するフラットデータＤ１３である。 FIG. 26 shows the flat data D11 before the start of beverage production (before the period T1), that is, the flat data D11 corresponding to FIG. 19 in which the actual measurement value is not displayed. FIG. 27 shows the flat data D12 during the production of the beverage (between the periods T1 to T11), that is, the flat data D12 corresponding to FIG. FIG. 28 shows the flat data D13 after the completion of the beverage production (after the period T11), that is, the flat data D13 corresponding to FIG. 21 in which the plot of the actual measurement values is completed.
　例えば図２６のフラットデータＤ１１に示されるように、期間Ｔ１～Ｔ１１の個々に対応する工程の名称、その時間（期間の長さ）、並びに、その間の抽出容器９内の気圧およびお湯の量の目標値および実測値が、それぞれ個別に表示される。フラットデータＤ１１においては、飲料製造の開始前（期間Ｔ１前）であるため、実測値は、抽出容器９内の気圧およびお湯の量の何れについても「未」と示される。そして、飲料製造の間（期間Ｔ１～Ｔ１１の間）においては、図２７のフラットデータＤ１２に示されるように、抽出容器９内の気圧およびお湯の量の実測値は、飲料製造の進捗状況に応じて順に表示されることとなる。飲料製造の完了後（期間Ｔ１１後）においては、図２８のフラットデータＤ１３に示されるように、期間Ｔ１～Ｔ１１の全部について実測値が表示される。 For example, as shown in the flat data D11 of FIG. 26, the name of the process corresponding to each of the periods T1 to T11, the time (the length of the period), and the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 during that period are displayed. The target value and the actual measurement value are individually displayed. In the flat data D11, since the beverage production has not yet started (before the period T1), the actual measurement value is shown as “not yet” for both the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9. Then, during the beverage production (between the periods T1 to T11), as shown in the flat data D12 of FIG. 27, the measured values of the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 are different from the progress of the beverage production. It will be displayed accordingly. After the completion of the beverage production (after the period T11), the actual measurement values are displayed for all the periods T1 to T11 as shown in the flat data D13 of FIG.
　ここでは説明の簡易化のため省略としたが、図２５を参照しながら述べた湯温の目標値および実測値も併せてフラットデータＤ１１～Ｄ１３として表示されてもよい。 Although omitted here for simplification of description, the target value and actual measurement value of the hot water temperature described with reference to FIG. 25 may also be displayed as the flat data D11 to D13.
　図２２～図２５を参照しながら述べた目標値等の変更は、上記マトリクス形式での表示態様においても実現可能である。例えば、情報表示装置１２にフラットデータＤ１１（図２６参照）が表示された状態において、ユーザは、変更を希望する項目に対して所定のタッチ操作により所望の変更を加えることが可能である。例えば、ユーザは、上記マトリクス形式での表示態様において図２２同様の変更を行う場合、フラットデータＤ１１の期間Ｔ２に対応する時間「１５秒」に対して、タップ操作、フリック操作等を行うことにより、例えば「１０秒」に変更可能である。即ち、情報表示装置１２の表示形式に関わらず、ユーザは上記目標値等の変更を行うことが可能である。 The change of the target value and the like described with reference to FIGS. 22 to 25 can be realized in the display mode in the matrix format. For example, when the flat data D11 (see FIG. 26) is displayed on the information display device 12, the user can make a desired change to a desired item by a predetermined touch operation. For example, when the user makes the same change as in FIG. 22 in the display form in the matrix format, by performing a tap operation, a flick operation, or the like for the time “15 seconds” corresponding to the period T2 of the flat data D11. For example, it can be changed to “10 seconds”. That is, the user can change the target value and the like regardless of the display format of the information display device 12.
　ユーザは、上記変更されたフラットデータＤ１１を再び線グラフ形式の表示に戻すことも可能であり、上記目標値の変更が適切に反映されたか否かを視覚的に確認することも可能である。変更後の目標値（或いは線グラフもしくはフラットデータ）を示す情報は、飲料製造用レシピとして、記憶部１１ｂに格納され、或いは、ユーザによる所定の操作により任意のタイミングで記憶部１１ｂから読出可能とする。尚、記憶部１１ｂには複数の飲料製造用レシピを格納可能であり、風味等に応じたデータ名が各レシピに付されうる。 The user can return the changed flat data D11 to the display in the line graph format again, and can visually confirm whether or not the change in the target value is appropriately reflected. The information indicating the changed target value (or line graph or flat data) is stored in the storage unit 11b as a beverage manufacturing recipe, or can be read from the storage unit 11b at any timing by a predetermined operation by the user. To do. Note that a plurality of beverage manufacturing recipes can be stored in the storage unit 11b, and a data name according to flavor or the like can be added to each recipe.
　以上、本実施形態によれば、抽出対象である挽き豆および液体としてのお湯が抽出容器９に収容された状態で、抽出容器９内をＳ１３（期間Ｔ４）で加圧して浸漬式抽出を行った後にＳ１５（期間Ｔ６等）で減圧して飲料液と液体とを撹拌する。その後、抽出容器９内をＳ１７（期間Ｔ１０等）で加圧して上記撹拌で得られる飲料をカップＣに送出する。ユーザは、各工程における抽出容器９内の気圧が所望の圧力となるように目標値を設定ないし変更可能であり、それにより、抽出態様、それに伴う飲料の味、風味等の品質をユーザの嗜好に応じたものにして、飲料の高品質化を図ることが可能となる。 As described above, according to the present embodiment, while the ground beans to be extracted and the hot water as the liquid are contained in the extraction container 9, the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized in S13 (period T4) to perform the immersion extraction. After that, the pressure is reduced in S15 (period T6 or the like) to stir the beverage liquid and the liquid. Then, the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized in S17 (period T10 or the like), and the beverage obtained by the above stirring is delivered to the cup C. The user can set or change the target value so that the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9 in each step becomes a desired pressure, whereby the quality of the extraction mode, the taste of the beverage, the flavor, etc. associated with the extraction mode can be selected by the user. It becomes possible to improve the quality of the beverage by making it suitable for.
　図２９～図３２は、他の飲料製造用レシピの幾つかの例としてフラットデータＤ２１～Ｄ２４をそれぞれ示す。図２９のフラットデータＤ２１は、主に、透過式抽出Ｓ１７および２回目の注湯Ｓ１２２（期間Ｔ１０～Ｔ１１）の際の抽出容器９内の気圧を比較的低めにする、という点で上記フラットデータＤ１１と異なる。図３０のフラットデータＤ２２は、主に、蒸らし工程Ｓ１１（期間Ｔ１～Ｔ２）を省略して１回目の注湯Ｓ１２１（期間Ｔ３）を比較的長めに行う、という点で上記フラットデータＤ１１と異なる。図３１のフラットデータＤ２３は、主に、浸漬式抽出Ｓ１４後の抽出容器９内の減圧（期間Ｔ６）の際の気圧を比較的高めにする、という点で上記フラットデータＤ１１と異なる。図３２のフラットデータＤ２４は、主に、浸漬式抽出Ｓ１４の際の抽出容器９内の気圧を比較的低めにする、という点で上記フラットデータＤ１１と異なる。ユーザは、飲料に加わりうる風味（苦味、酸味等）が嗜好に応じたものとなるように、これらフラットデータＤ２１～Ｄ２４から一つを選択してもよいし、部分的にフラットデータＤ１１に組み合わせて風味を調節することも可能である。 29 to 32 show flat data D21 to D24 as some examples of other beverage manufacturing recipes, respectively. The flat data D21 in FIG. 29 is mainly the flat data D21 in that the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9 during the permeation extraction S17 and the second pouring S122 (periods T10 to T11) is relatively low. Different from D11. The flat data D22 of FIG. 30 differs from the flat data D11 mainly in that the steaming step S11 (periods T1 and T2) is omitted and the first pouring S121 (period T3) is performed relatively long. . The flat data D23 of FIG. 31 is different from the flat data D11 mainly in that the atmospheric pressure at the time of depressurization (period T6) in the extraction container 9 after the immersion extraction S14 is made relatively high. The flat data D24 in FIG. 32 is different from the flat data D11 mainly in that the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9 in the immersion extraction S14 is relatively low. The user may select one of these flat data D21 to D24 so that the flavor (bitterness, sourness, etc.) that can be added to the beverage becomes one that suits the taste, or the flat data D11 may be partially combined with the flat data D11. It is also possible to adjust the flavor.
　本発明は、以上に示された幾つかの態様および例に限られるものではなく、これらの内容は本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない範囲で相互に組み合わせ可能であり、また、目的等に応じて部分的に変更されてもよい。また、本明細書に記載された個々の用語は、本発明を説明する目的で用いられたものに過ぎず、本発明は、その用語の厳密な意味に限定されるものでないことは言うまでもなく、その均等物をも含みうる。例えば、「装置」、「部」等の表現は「ユニット」、「モジュール」等と言い換え可能な場合がある。 The present invention is not limited to the several aspects and examples shown above, and these contents can be combined with each other within a range not departing from the gist of the present invention, and may be partially combined depending on the purpose and the like. May be changed. Further, it is needless to say that the individual terms described in the present specification are merely used for the purpose of explaining the present invention, and the present invention is not limited to the strict meaning of the terms. The equivalent may be included. For example, expressions such as “apparatus” and “part” may be referred to as “unit” and “module”.
　＜他の実施形態＞
　上記実施形態では、専らコーヒー飲料を対象としたが、日本茶、紅茶などの茶、スープなどの各種飲料も対象とすることができる。また、抽出対象として、コーヒー豆、コーヒーの生豆、コーヒー豆の挽き豆、焙煎コーヒー豆、焙煎コーヒー豆の挽き豆、焙煎されていないコーヒー豆、焙煎されていないコーヒー豆の挽き豆等、粉末のコーヒー豆、インスタントのコーヒー、ポッドに入ったコーヒー等を例示し、飲料として、コーヒー飲料等を例示し、飲料液としてコーヒー液を例示してきたが、これらだけに限定されない。また、抽出対象として、日本茶、紅茶、ウーロン茶などの茶葉、挽いた茶葉、野菜、粉砕された野菜、果物、粉砕した果物、穀物、粉砕した穀物、椎茸等のきのこ類、椎茸等のきのこ類を粉砕した物、椎茸等のきのこ類を加熱後に乾燥させた物、椎茸等のきのこ類を加熱後に乾燥させた物を粉砕した物、鰹等の魚類、鰹等の魚類を粉砕した物、鰹等の魚を加熱後に乾燥させた物、鰹等の魚を加熱後に乾燥させた物を粉砕した物、こんぶ等の海藻類、こんぶ等の海藻類を粉砕した物、こんぶ等の海藻類を加熱後に乾燥させた物、こんぶ等の海藻類を加熱後に乾燥させた物を粉砕した物、牛、豚、鳥、等の肉を加熱後に乾燥させた物、当該肉等を加熱後に乾燥させた物を粉砕した物、牛の骨、豚の骨、鳥の骨、等の骨を加熱後に乾燥させた物、当該骨等を加熱後に乾燥させた物を粉砕した物等の抽出材料であればよく、飲料として、日本茶、紅茶、ウーロン茶、野菜ジュース、果物ジュース、汁物、出汁、スープ等、飲料であればよく、飲料液として、日本茶のエキス、紅茶のエキス、ウーロン茶のエキス、野菜のエキス、果物のエキス、きのこのエキス、魚等のエキス、肉のエキス、骨のエキス等のエキス類であればよい。なお、実施例中で水、水道水、浄水、お湯、洗浄水と記載しているところがあるが、例えば水をお湯と置き換えたり、お湯を水と置き換えてもよい等いずれかの記載を別の記載に置き換えてもよく、全て液体、水蒸気、高温水、冷却水、冷水等と置き換えてもよい。例えば抽出対象（例えば、焙煎コーヒー豆の挽き豆）とお湯を抽出容器９に入れるといった記載であれば、抽出対象（例えば、焙煎コーヒー豆の挽き豆）と冷水（単に水でもよい）を抽出容器９に入れるといった記載に置き換えてもよく、この場合であれば水出しコーヒー等の抽出方法や飲料製造装置としてとらえてもよい。 <Other Embodiments>
In the above-mentioned embodiment, the coffee beverage is exclusively targeted, but tea such as Japanese tea and black tea, and various beverages such as soup can also be targeted. Also, as extraction targets, coffee beans, green coffee beans, ground coffee beans, roasted coffee beans, ground roasted coffee beans, unroasted coffee beans, unground roasted coffee beans Beans and the like, powdered coffee beans, instant coffee, coffee in pods and the like have been exemplified, coffee beverages and the like have been exemplified as beverages, and coffee liquids have been exemplified as beverage liquids, but they are not limited thereto. Further, as extraction targets, tea leaves such as Japanese tea, black tea, and oolong tea, ground tea leaves, vegetables, crushed vegetables, fruits, crushed fruits, grains, crushed grains, mushrooms such as shiitake mushrooms, mushrooms such as shiitake mushrooms. Shredded mushrooms, dried mushrooms such as shiitake mushrooms, dried mushrooms, dried mushrooms such as shiitake mushrooms, shredded fish, such as bonito, crushed fish such as bonito, bonito Heated fish such as kelp, dried fish such as bonito, crushed fish, seaweed such as kelp, seaweed such as kelp, heated seaweed such as kelp A product dried afterwards, a product obtained by crushing a product dried after heating seaweeds such as kelp, a product dried after heating meat such as cow, pig, bird, etc., a product dried after heating the meat etc. Crushed material, cow bone, pig bone, bird bone, and the like, which is dried after heating the bone, and the extracted material such as crushed product after heating and drying the bone, etc. As the beverage, any beverage such as Japanese tea, black tea, oolong tea, vegetable juice, fruit juice, soup, soup, soup, etc. can be used, and as the beverage liquid, Japanese tea extract, black tea extract, oolong tea extract, vegetable extract The extract may be fruit extract, mushroom extract, fish extract, meat extract, bone extract or the like. In the examples, water, tap water, purified water, hot water, and wash water are described. However, for example, water may be replaced with hot water, hot water may be replaced with water, etc. It may be replaced with the description, and all may be replaced with liquid, steam, high temperature water, cooling water, cold water, and the like. For example, if it is described that the extraction target (for example, roasted coffee beans ground beans) and hot water are put in the extraction container 9, the extraction target (for example, roasted coffee beans ground beans) and cold water (simply water may be used). It may be replaced with the description such as putting it in the extraction container 9, and in this case, it may be regarded as a method for extracting brewed coffee or the like or a beverage manufacturing apparatus.
　＜実施形態のまとめ＞
　上述の実施形態は、次の装置または方法を開示する。 <Summary of Embodiments>
The above embodiments disclose the following devices or methods.
　Ａ１．抽出対象（例えば挽き豆）から飲料液（例えばコーヒー液）を抽出する抽出方法であって、
　前記抽出対象と液体（例えばお湯）とが収容された抽出容器（例えば９）内を加圧する第一の加圧工程（例えばＳ１３、Ｔ４）と、
　前記抽出容器内を減圧する減圧工程（例えばＳ１５、Ｔ６）と、
　前記抽出容器内を加圧する第二の加圧工程（例えばＳ１７、Ｔ１０）と、を含む、
　ことを特徴とする抽出方法であり、
　抽出容器内の圧力を変えることで、抽出態様、それに伴う飲料の味、風味等の品質をユーザの嗜好に応じたものにし、それにより飲料の高品質化を図ることが可能となる。 A1. An extraction method for extracting a beverage liquid (for example, coffee liquid) from an extraction target (for example, ground beans),
A first pressurizing step (for example, S13, T4) for pressurizing the inside of the extraction container (for example, 9) in which the extraction target and the liquid (for example, hot water) are stored;
A decompression step of decompressing the inside of the extraction container (for example, S15, T6),
A second pressurizing step of pressurizing the inside of the extraction container (for example, S17, T10),
Is an extraction method characterized by
By changing the pressure in the brewing container, the quality of the brewing mode, the taste and flavor of the beverage accompanying it, can be adjusted according to the taste of the user, thereby improving the quality of the beverage.
　Ａ２．前記第一の加圧工程において前記抽出容器内は第一の圧力（例えば３気圧）まで加圧され、
　前記第二の加圧工程において前記抽出容器内は第二の圧力（例えば１．６～２気圧）まで加圧され、
　前記第一の圧力は、前記第二の圧力よりも高い、
　ことを特徴とする抽出方法であり、
　抽出容器内を比較的高い第一の圧力にすることで飲料液の抽出効率を向上可能とする。 A2. In the first pressurizing step, the inside of the extraction container is pressurized to a first pressure (for example, 3 atm),
In the second pressurizing step, the inside of the extraction container is pressurized to a second pressure (for example, 1.6 to 2 atm),
The first pressure is higher than the second pressure,
Is an extraction method characterized by
By making the inside of the extraction container a relatively high first pressure, the extraction efficiency of the beverage liquid can be improved.
　Ａ３．前記第二の加圧工程においては、蒸気が前記抽出容器内に送り込まれることによって前記抽出容器内が加圧される、
　ことを特徴とする抽出方法であり、
　これにより、蒸気が抽出容器内に均一に拡がり、抽出容器全体を均一に加熱することが可能となる。 A3. In the second pressurizing step, the inside of the extraction container is pressurized by sending steam into the extraction container,
Is an extraction method characterized by
As a result, the vapor spreads evenly in the extraction container, and it becomes possible to uniformly heat the entire extraction container.
　Ａ４．前記減圧工程は、前記抽出容器内を大気に解放することにより行われる、
　ことを特徴とする抽出方法であり、
　これにより、抽出容器内を比較的簡便に減圧可能となる。 A4. The depressurizing step is performed by releasing the inside of the extraction container to the atmosphere,
Is an extraction method characterized by
This makes it possible to decompress the inside of the extraction container relatively easily.
　Ａ５．前記第一の加圧工程前に、前記抽出容器内を加圧することにより前記抽出容器の前記抽出対象を蒸らす蒸らし工程（例えばＳ１１、Ｔ２）を含む、
　ことを特徴とする抽出方法であり、
　抽出対象を蒸らすことで、その後の抽出の際の抽出効果を高めることが可能となる。 A5. Before the first pressurizing step, a steaming step (for example, S11, T2) of steaming the extraction target of the extraction container by pressurizing the inside of the extraction container is included.
Is an extraction method characterized by
By steaming the extraction target, it becomes possible to enhance the extraction effect in the subsequent extraction.
　Ａ６．前記第二の加圧工程前に、前記抽出容器内の気圧を維持しながら前記抽出容器の姿勢を変化させる姿勢変化工程（例えばＳ１６、Ｔ９）を含む、
　ことを特徴とする抽出方法であり、
　これにより、ユーザの興味を惹きつけて該ユーザを楽しませることが可能な場合がある。 A6. Before the second pressurizing step, a posture changing step (for example, S16, T9) of changing the posture of the extraction container while maintaining the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container is included.
Is an extraction method characterized by
As a result, it may be possible to attract the user's interest and entertain the user.
　Ａ７．前記第一の加圧工程では、前記抽出対象から前記飲料液を抽出し、
　前記減圧工程では、前記液体を沸騰させて該液体と前記飲料液とを撹拌し、
　前記第二の加圧工程では、前記液体と前記飲料液とが撹拌されて成る飲料（例えばコーヒー飲料）を前記抽出容器から送出する、
　ことを特徴とする抽出方法であり、
　これにより、抽出容器内を加圧した状態で飲料液を抽出した後、抽出容器内を減圧することで飲料液と液体とを撹拌してそれらのムラをなくす。その後、上記撹拌により得られる飲料を、抽出容器内を再び加圧して送出することで適切に提供可能とする。 A7. In the first pressurizing step, extracting the beverage liquid from the extraction target,
In the depressurizing step, the liquid is boiled to stir the liquid and the beverage liquid,
In the second pressurizing step, a beverage (for example, a coffee beverage) formed by stirring the liquid and the beverage liquid is delivered from the extraction container,
Is an extraction method characterized by
As a result, after extracting the beverage liquid in a state where the inside of the extraction container is pressurized, the inside of the extraction container is depressurized to stir the beverage liquid and the liquid and eliminate the unevenness. After that, the beverage obtained by the above stirring can be appropriately provided by repressurizing the inside of the extraction container and sending it out.
　Ａ８．抽出対象（例えば挽き豆）から飲料液（例えばコーヒー液）を抽出する抽出装置（例えば３）であって、
　前記抽出対象と液体（例えばお湯）とが収容された抽出容器（例えば９）内を加圧する第一の加圧手段（例えばＳ１３、７３ｂ等）と、
　前記抽出容器内を減圧する減圧手段（例えばＳ１５、７３ｃ等）と、
　前記抽出容器内を加圧する第二の加圧手段（例えばＳ１７、７３ｂ等）と、を備える、
　ことを特徴とする抽出装置であり、
　抽出容器内の圧力を変えることで、抽出態様、それに伴う飲料の味、風味等の品質をユーザの嗜好に応じたものにし、それにより飲料の高品質化を図ることが可能となる。 A8. An extraction device (for example, 3) for extracting a beverage liquid (for example, coffee liquid) from an extraction target (for example, ground beans),
First pressurizing means (for example, S13, 73b, etc.) for pressurizing the inside of the extraction container (for example, 9) containing the extraction target and the liquid (for example, hot water),
Decompression means for decompressing the inside of the extraction container (eg, S15, 73c, etc.),
A second pressurizing unit (for example, S17, 73b, etc.) for pressurizing the inside of the extraction container,
Is an extraction device characterized in that
By changing the pressure in the brewing container, the quality of the brewing mode and the accompanying taste, flavor, etc. of the beverage can be adjusted according to the user's taste, thereby improving the quality of the beverage.
　Ａ９．前記第一の加圧手段は、前記抽出容器内を第一の圧力（例えば３気圧）まで加圧し、
　前記第二の加圧手段は、前記抽出容器内を第二の圧力（例えば１．６～２気圧）まで加圧し、
　前記第一の圧力は、前記第二の圧力よりも高い、
　ことを特徴とする抽出装置であり、
　抽出容器内を比較的高い第一の圧力にすることで飲料液の抽出効率を向上可能とする。 A9. The first pressurizing means pressurizes the inside of the extraction container to a first pressure (for example, 3 atm),
The second pressurizing means pressurizes the inside of the extraction container to a second pressure (for example, 1.6 to 2 atm),
The first pressure is higher than the second pressure,
Is an extraction device characterized in that
By making the inside of the extraction container a relatively high first pressure, the extraction efficiency of the beverage liquid can be improved.
　Ａ１０．前記第二の加圧手段は、蒸気を前記抽出容器内に送り込むことによって前記抽出容器内を加圧する、
　ことを特徴とする抽出装置であり、
　これにより、蒸気が抽出容器内に均一に拡がり、抽出容器全体を均一に加熱することが可能となる。 A10. The second pressurizing means pressurizes the inside of the extraction container by sending steam into the extraction container.
Is an extraction device characterized in that
As a result, the vapor spreads evenly in the extraction container, and it becomes possible to uniformly heat the entire extraction container.
　Ａ１１．前記減圧手段は、前記抽出容器内を大気に解放することで前記抽出容器内を減圧する、
　ことを特徴とする抽出装置であり、
　これにより、抽出容器内を比較的簡便に減圧可能となる。 A11. The decompression means decompresses the inside of the extraction container by releasing the inside of the extraction container to the atmosphere,
Is an extraction device characterized in that
This makes it possible to decompress the inside of the extraction container relatively easily.
　Ａ１２．前記第一の加圧手段による前記加圧の前に、前記抽出容器内を加圧することにより前記抽出容器の前記抽出対象を蒸らす蒸らし手段（例えばＳ１１、７２ｉ等）を備える、
　ことを特徴とする抽出装置であり、
　抽出対象を蒸らすことで、その後の抽出の際の抽出効果を高めることが可能となる。 A12. Before the pressurization by the first pressurizing means, a steaming means (for example, S11, 72i etc.) for steaming the extraction target of the extraction container by pressurizing the inside of the extraction container is provided.
Is an extraction device characterized in that
By steaming the extraction target, it becomes possible to enhance the extraction effect in the subsequent extraction.
　Ａ１３．前記第二の加圧手段による前記加圧の前に、前記抽出容器内の気圧を維持しながら前記抽出容器の姿勢を変化させる姿勢変化手段（例えばＳ１６、８、８Ｂ）を備える、
　ことを特徴とする抽出装置であり、
　これにより、ユーザの興味を惹きつけて該ユーザを楽しませることが可能な場合がある。 A13. Before the pressurization by the second pressurizing means, a posture changing means (for example, S16, 8, 8B) for changing the posture of the extraction container while maintaining the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container is provided.
Is an extraction device characterized in that
As a result, it may be possible to attract the user's interest and entertain the user.
　Ａ１４．前記第一の加圧手段は、前記抽出容器内の前記加圧により前記抽出対象から前記飲料液を抽出し、
　前記減圧手段は、前記抽出容器内の前記減圧により前記液体を沸騰させて該液体と前記飲料液とを撹拌し、
　前記第二の加圧手段は、前記飲料液と前記液体とが撹拌されて成る飲料（例えばコーヒー飲料）を前記抽出容器内の前記加圧により前記抽出容器から送出する、
　ことを特徴とする抽出装置であり、
　これにより、抽出容器内を加圧した状態で飲料液を抽出した後、抽出容器内を減圧することで飲料液と液体とを撹拌してそれらのムラをなくす。その後、上記撹拌により得られる飲料を、抽出容器内を再び加圧して送出することで適切に提供可能とする。 A14. The first pressurizing means extracts the beverage liquid from the extraction target by the pressurization in the extraction container,
The decompression means boil the liquid by the decompression in the extraction container to stir the liquid and the beverage liquid,
The second pressurizing means delivers a beverage (for example, a coffee beverage) formed by stirring the beverage liquid and the liquid from the extraction container by the pressurization in the extraction container.
Is an extraction device characterized in that
As a result, after the beverage liquid is extracted in a state where the inside of the extraction container is pressurized, the inside of the extraction container is depressurized to stir the beverage liquid and the liquid to eliminate the unevenness. After that, the beverage obtained by the above stirring can be appropriately provided by repressurizing the inside of the extraction container and sending it out.
　本発明は上記実施の形態に制限されるものではなく、本発明の精神及び範囲から離脱することなく、様々な変更及び変形が可能である。従って、本発明の範囲を公にするために、以下の請求項を添付する。 The present invention is not limited to the above embodiments, and various changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention. Therefore, in order to make the scope of the present invention public, the following claims are attached.

Claims (14)

  1. 　抽出対象から飲料液を抽出する抽出方法であって、
    　前記抽出対象と液体とが収容された抽出容器内を加圧する第一の加圧工程と、
    　前記抽出容器内を減圧する減圧工程と、
    　前記抽出容器内を加圧する第二の加圧工程と、を含む、
    　ことを特徴とする抽出方法。     An extraction method for extracting a beverage liquid from an extraction target,
    A first pressurizing step of pressurizing the inside of the extraction container in which the extraction target and the liquid are stored,
    A decompression step of decompressing the inside of the extraction container,
    A second pressurizing step of pressurizing the inside of the extraction container,
    An extraction method characterized by the above.
  2. 　請求項１に記載の抽出方法であって、
    　前記第一の加圧工程において前記抽出容器内は第一の圧力まで加圧され、
    　前記第二の加圧工程において前記抽出容器内は第二の圧力まで加圧され、
    　前記第一の圧力は、前記第二の圧力よりも高い、
    　ことを特徴とする抽出方法。     The extraction method according to claim 1, wherein
    In the first pressurizing step, the inside of the extraction container is pressurized to a first pressure,
    In the second pressurizing step, the inside of the extraction container is pressurized to a second pressure,
    The first pressure is higher than the second pressure,
    An extraction method characterized by the above.
  3. 　請求項１又は請求項２に記載の抽出方法であって、
    　前記第二の加圧工程においては、蒸気が前記抽出容器内に送り込まれることによって前記抽出容器内が加圧される、
    　ことを特徴とする抽出方法。     The extraction method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein
    In the second pressurizing step, the inside of the extraction container is pressurized by sending steam into the extraction container,
    An extraction method characterized by the above.
  4. 　請求項１乃至請求項３のいずれか一項に記載の抽出方法であって、
    　前記減圧工程は、前記抽出容器内を大気に解放することにより行われる、
    　ことを特徴とする抽出方法。     The extraction method according to any one of claims 1 to 3,
    The depressurizing step is performed by releasing the inside of the extraction container to the atmosphere,
    An extraction method characterized by the above.
  5. 　請求項１乃至請求項４のいずれか一項に記載の抽出方法であって、
    　前記第一の加圧工程前に、前記抽出容器内を加圧することにより前記抽出容器の前記抽出対象を蒸らす蒸らし工程を含む、
    　ことを特徴とする抽出方法。     The extraction method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein:
    Before the first pressurizing step, including a steaming step of steaming the extraction target of the extraction container by pressurizing the inside of the extraction container,
    An extraction method characterized by the above.
  6. 　請求項１乃至請求項５のいずれか一項に記載の抽出方法であって、
    　前記第二の加圧工程前に、前記抽出容器内の気圧を維持しながら前記抽出容器の姿勢を変化させる姿勢変化工程を含む、
    　ことを特徴とする抽出方法。     The extraction method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein
    Before the second pressurizing step, including a posture changing step of changing the posture of the extraction container while maintaining the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container,
    An extraction method characterized by the above.
  7. 　請求項１乃至請求項６のいずれか一項に記載の抽出方法であって、
    　前記第一の加圧工程では、前記抽出対象から前記飲料液を抽出し、
    　前記減圧工程では、前記液体を沸騰させて該液体と前記飲料液とを撹拌し、
    　前記第二の加圧工程では、前記液体と前記飲料液とが撹拌されて成る飲料を前記抽出容器から送出する、
    　ことを特徴とする抽出方法。     The extraction method according to any one of claims 1 to 6,
    In the first pressurizing step, extracting the beverage liquid from the extraction target,
    In the depressurizing step, the liquid is boiled to stir the liquid and the beverage liquid,
    In the second pressurizing step, the beverage formed by stirring the liquid and the beverage liquid is delivered from the extraction container,
    An extraction method characterized by the above.
  8. 　抽出対象から飲料液を抽出する抽出装置であって、
    　前記抽出対象と液体とが収容された抽出容器内を加圧する第一の加圧手段と、
    　前記抽出容器内を減圧する減圧手段と、
    　前記抽出容器内を加圧する第二の加圧手段と、を備える、
    　ことを特徴とする抽出装置。     An extraction device for extracting a beverage liquid from an extraction target,
    A first pressurizing means for pressurizing the inside of the extraction container in which the extraction target and the liquid are stored,
    Decompression means for decompressing the inside of the extraction container,
    A second pressurizing means for pressurizing the inside of the extraction container,
    An extraction device characterized by the above.
  9. 　請求項８に記載の抽出装置であって、
    　前記第一の加圧手段は、前記抽出容器内を第一の圧力まで加圧し、
    　前記第二の加圧手段は、前記抽出容器内を第二の圧力まで加圧し、
    　前記第一の圧力は、前記第二の圧力よりも高い、
    　ことを特徴とする抽出装置。     The extraction device according to claim 8, wherein
    The first pressurizing means pressurizes the inside of the extraction container to a first pressure,
    The second pressurizing means pressurizes the inside of the extraction container to a second pressure,
    The first pressure is higher than the second pressure,
    An extraction device characterized by the above.
  10. 　請求項８又は請求項９に記載の抽出装置であって、
    　前記第二の加圧手段は、蒸気を前記抽出容器内に送り込むことによって前記抽出容器内を加圧する、
    　ことを特徴とする抽出装置。     The extraction device according to claim 8 or 9, wherein
    The second pressurizing means pressurizes the inside of the extraction container by sending steam into the extraction container.
    An extraction device characterized by the above.
  11. 　請求項８乃至請求項１０のいずれか一項に記載の抽出装置であって、
    　前記減圧手段は、前記抽出容器内を大気に解放することで前記抽出容器内を減圧する、
    　ことを特徴とする抽出装置。     The extraction device according to any one of claims 8 to 10,
    The decompression means decompresses the inside of the extraction container by releasing the inside of the extraction container to the atmosphere,
    An extraction device characterized by the above.
  12. 　請求項８乃至請求項１１のいずれか一項に記載の抽出装置であって、
    　前記第一の加圧手段による前記加圧の前に、前記抽出容器内を加圧することにより前記抽出容器の前記抽出対象を蒸らす蒸らし手段を備える、
    　ことを特徴とする抽出装置。     The extraction device according to any one of claims 8 to 11, wherein:
    Before the pressurization by the first pressurizing means, a steaming means for steaming the extraction target of the extraction container by pressurizing the inside of the extraction container is provided,
    An extraction device characterized by the above.
  13. 　請求項８乃至請求項１２のいずれか一項に記載の抽出装置であって、
    　前記第二の加圧手段による前記加圧の前に、前記抽出容器内の気圧を維持しながら前記抽出容器の姿勢を変化させる姿勢変化手段を備える、
    　ことを特徴とする抽出装置。     The extraction device according to any one of claims 8 to 12, wherein:
    Before the pressurization by the second pressurizing means, a posture changing means for changing the posture of the extraction container while maintaining the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container is provided,
    An extraction device characterized by the above.
  14. 　請求項８乃至請求項１３のいずれか一項に記載の抽出装置であって、
    　前記第一の加圧手段は、前記抽出容器内の前記加圧により前記抽出対象から前記飲料液を抽出し、
    　前記減圧手段は、前記抽出容器内の前記減圧により前記液体を沸騰させて該液体と前記飲料液とを撹拌し、
    　前記第二の加圧手段は、前記液体と前記飲料液とが撹拌されて成る飲料を前記抽出容器内の前記加圧により前記抽出容器から送出する、
    　ことを特徴とする抽出装置。     The extraction device according to any one of claims 8 to 13, wherein:
    The first pressurizing means extracts the beverage liquid from the extraction target by the pressurization in the extraction container,
    The decompression means boil the liquid by the decompression in the extraction container to stir the liquid and the beverage liquid,
    The second pressurizing means delivers a beverage formed by stirring the liquid and the beverage liquid from the extraction container by the pressurization in the extraction container.
    An extraction device characterized by the above.
PCT/JP2019/030547 2018-11-13 2019-08-02 Extraction method and extraction device WO2020100354A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018213318A JP7201215B2 (en) 2018-11-13 2018-11-13 Extraction method and extraction apparatus
JP2018-213318 2018-11-13

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020100354A1 true WO2020100354A1 (en) 2020-05-22

Family

ID=70730215

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2019/030547 WO2020100354A1 (en) 2018-11-13 2019-08-02 Extraction method and extraction device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7201215B2 (en)
TW (1) TWI834714B (en)
WO (1) WO2020100354A1 (en)

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5268569A (en) * 1975-12-02 1977-06-07 Matsushita Refrigeration Extracting method for coffee
JPH0139088B2 (en) * 1981-03-30 1989-08-18 Nippon Seimitsu Kogyo
JPH05168410A (en) * 1991-12-19 1993-07-02 Mitsubishi Heavy Ind Ltd Treatment of coffee bean
JP2002177147A (en) * 2000-12-12 2002-06-25 Izumi Food Machinery Co Ltd Beverage extraction device
WO2012098726A1 (en) * 2011-01-17 2012-07-26 サントリーホールディングス株式会社 Beverage extraction device
JP2016511655A (en) * 2013-01-24 2016-04-21 ブコン リミティド ライアビリティ カンパニー Vacuum extraction beverage machine and vacuum extraction method
JP2018126312A (en) * 2017-02-08 2018-08-16 タイガー魔法瓶株式会社 Beverage extraction device

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1768530B1 (en) * 2004-07-09 2010-08-11 Nestec S.A. Apparatus with pressurised gas supply for preparing beverages
AR060176A1 (en) * 2006-03-28 2008-05-28 Tuttoespresso Spa PROCEDURE AND DEVICE FOR THE PREPARATION OF A DRINK UNDER CONTROLLED PRESSURE
KR101587871B1 (en) * 2009-06-26 2016-01-25 (주)아모레퍼시픽 Extracting Apparatus and Method using Pressure Swing

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5268569A (en) * 1975-12-02 1977-06-07 Matsushita Refrigeration Extracting method for coffee
JPH0139088B2 (en) * 1981-03-30 1989-08-18 Nippon Seimitsu Kogyo
JPH05168410A (en) * 1991-12-19 1993-07-02 Mitsubishi Heavy Ind Ltd Treatment of coffee bean
JP2002177147A (en) * 2000-12-12 2002-06-25 Izumi Food Machinery Co Ltd Beverage extraction device
WO2012098726A1 (en) * 2011-01-17 2012-07-26 サントリーホールディングス株式会社 Beverage extraction device
JP2016511655A (en) * 2013-01-24 2016-04-21 ブコン リミティド ライアビリティ カンパニー Vacuum extraction beverage machine and vacuum extraction method
JP2018126312A (en) * 2017-02-08 2018-08-16 タイガー魔法瓶株式会社 Beverage extraction device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2020078474A (en) 2020-05-28
TWI834714B (en) 2024-03-11
TW202017845A (en) 2020-05-16
JP7201215B2 (en) 2023-01-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN112638212B (en) Extraction device, display method in extraction device, and system
JP7168225B2 (en) EXTRACTION DEVICE, DISPLAY METHOD IN EXTRACTION DEVICE, AND SYSTEM
JP7446646B2 (en) Beverage manufacturing equipment and extraction method
JP7385954B2 (en) coffee making equipment
WO2020100354A1 (en) Extraction method and extraction device
JP7372649B2 (en) beverage manufacturing equipment
JP7173573B2 (en) Beverage production apparatus and beverage delivery method
JP6683351B2 (en) Extraction method and extraction device
JP7156682B2 (en) Extraction method and extraction apparatus
JP6644283B1 (en) Beverage production apparatus and control method thereof
JP7396636B2 (en) Device and parameter change method
JP2022089054A (en) Coffee beverage manufacturing apparatus
JP7355366B2 (en) Beverage production equipment, methods and programs
JP2021013469A (en) Beverage manufacturing device and display method
TW202011882A (en) Beverage production device and method
JP6644284B1 (en) Beverage production apparatus and beverage delivery method
JP7120653B2 (en) beverage production equipment
JP7396632B2 (en) Beverage manufacturing equipment and extraction container pressure control method
JP7355373B2 (en) beverage manufacturing equipment
JP2020072973A (en) Beverage manufacturing device and method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19884242

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19884242

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1